Browse classification

Loading Please Wait
T:
 T04:
  T04N: INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION
   T04N1/00: Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof (not used)
   T04N1/00A: [N: Diagnosis, testing or measuring; Detecting, analysing or monitoring not otherwise provided for (error detection, error correction or monitoring in digital computers or digital computer components G06F11/00)]
   T04N1/00A1: . . [N: relating to image data]
   T04N1/00A2: . . [N: relating to particular apparatus or devices]
   T04N1/00A2B: . . . [N: Transmission systems or arrangements]
   T04N1/00A2C: . . . [N: Reading apparatus]
   T04N1/00A2D: . . . [N: Reproducing apparatus]
   T04N1/00A2E: . . . [N: Scanning arrangements]
   T04N1/00A2F: . . . [N: Picture signal circuits]
   T04N1/00A2G: . . . [N: Colour systems]
   T04N1/00A3: . . [N: Methods therefor]
   T04N1/00A3B: . . . [N: Diagnosis, i.e. identifying a problem by comparison with a normal state]
   T04N1/00A3C: . . . [N: Testing, i.e. determining the result of a trial (H04N1/00A3B takes precedence; using test signals for transmission mode changing H04N1/333D3T)]
   T04N1/00A3D: . . . [N: Measuring, i.e. determining a quantity by comparison with a standard (H04N1/00A3C takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00A3E: . . . [N: Detecting, i.e. determining the occurrence of a predetermined state (H04N1/00A3C takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00A3F: . . . [N: Analysis, i.e. separating and studying components of a greater whole]
   T04N1/00A3H: . . . [N: Monitoring, i.e. observation (H04N1/00A3B to H04N1/00A3F take precedence)]
   T04N1/00A3J: . . . [N: using a reference pattern designed for the purpose, e.g. a test chart]
   T04N1/00A3K: . . . [N: using an image not specifically designed for the purpose]
   T04N1/00A3L: . . . [N: in service, i.e. during normal operation]
   T04N1/00A3M: . . . [N: out of service, i.e. outside of normal operation]
   T04N1/00A3P: . . . [N: automatically on a periodic basis]
   T04N1/00A3S: . . . [N: using a separate apparatus]
   T04N1/00A3S2: . . . . [N: using a remote apparatus (H04N1/00A3V takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00A3T: . . . [N: using at least a part of the apparatus itself, e.g. self-testing]
   T04N1/00A3V: . . . [N: using a program downloaded or received from another apparatus]
   T04N1/00A3W: . . . [N: Calculating or estimating]
   T04N1/00A4: . . [N: characterised by the action taken]
   T04N1/00A4B: . . . [N: Indicating or reporting (details of user-machine interface H04N1/00D)]
   T04N1/00A4B8: . . . . [N: locally]
   T04N1/00A4B9: . . . . [N: remotely]
   T04N1/00A4C: . . . [N: Adjusting or controlling (interrupting an operation H04N1/00V1; inhibiting an operation H04N1/00V2)]
   T04N1/00A4C4: . . . . [N: Recovery or repair, e.g. self-repair]
   T04N1/00A4C5: . . . . [N: Setting or calibrating (picture signal circuits H04N1/40)]
   T04N1/00A4D: . . . [N: Storage]
   T04N1/00A5: . . [N: relating to the original or to the reproducing medium, e.g. imperfections or dirt (detecting properties of a sheet H04N1/00G)]
   T04N1/00B: Systems or arrangements for the transmission of the picture signal
   T04N1/00B2: . . via a television channel, e.g. for a series of still pictures with or without sound
   T04N1/00B3: . . specially adapted for transmission via digital wireline networks H04N1/00B2 takes precedence
   T04N1/00B4: . . specially adapted for radio transmission, e.g. via satellites H04N1/00B2 takes precedence
   T04N1/00B4B: . . . using land mobile radio networks, e.g. mobile telephone
   T04N1/00B4D: . . . [N: of digital signals]
   T04N1/00B8: . . [N: specially adapted for optical transmission]
   T04N1/00B9: . . [N: with transmission of additional information signals (for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver H04N1/32C)]
   T04N1/00B9M: . . . [N: of multimedia information]
   T04N1/00B9S: . . . [N: of sound information only]
   T04N1/00B9T: . . . [N: of text or character information only]
   T04N1/00B9V: . . . [N: of video information only]
   T04N1/00C: Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus
   T04N1/00C1: . . [N: with a display device, e.g. CRT or LCD monitor (with a television apparatus H04N1/00C7B; arrangements for control of display devices G09G)]
   T04N1/00C2: . . In a digital photofinishing system, i.e. a system where digital photographic images undergo typical photofinishing processing, e.g. printing, ordering
   T04N1/00C20: . . [N: with a medium handling apparatus, e.g. a sheet sorter (handling thin or filamentary material, e.g. sheets B65H)]
   T04N1/00C21: . . [N: with a measuring, monitoring or signaling apparatus, e.g. for transmitting measured information to a central location]
   T04N1/00C22: . . with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus
   T04N1/00C22C: . . . [N: with an apparatus processing optically-read information]
   T04N1/00C22C2: . . . . [N: with an apparatus performing optical character recognition (arrangements for recognising printed or written characters G06K9/00)]
   T04N1/00C22C3: . . . . [N: with an apparatus processing barcodes or the like (arrangements for sensing record carriers G06K7/00)]
   T04N1/00C22C4: . . . . [N: with an apparatus performing pattern recognition, e.g. of a face or a geographic feature (arrangements for recognising patterns G06K9/00)]
   T04N1/00C22S: . . . [N: with an electronic or magnetic storage medium I/O device (RFID or the like H04N1/00C22T)]
   T04N1/00C22T: . . . with a radio frequency tag transmitter or receiver
   T04N1/00C23: . . with a management, maintenance, service or repair apparatus
   T04N1/00C24: . . with another still picture apparatus, e.g. hybrid still picture apparatus
   T04N1/00C2A: . . . Scanning of a photographic original
   T04N1/00C2C: . . . Transmission
   T04N1/00C2C2: . . . . [N: via e-mail]
   T04N1/00C2D: . . . Ordering
   T04N1/00C2D2: . . . . [N: from a remote location]
   T04N1/00C2E: . . . Storage information retrieval G06F17/30
   T04N1/00C2E2: . . . . [N: with selective access]
   T04N1/00C2E2S: . . . . . [N: for sharing images with a selected individual or correspondent]
   T04N1/00C2E2S2: . . . . . . [N: with a group of selected individuals or correspondents]
   T04N1/00C2E4: . . . . [N: for sharing images without access restriction, e.g. publishing images]
   T04N1/00C2F: . . . Viewing or previewing
   T04N1/00C2F2: . . . . [N: at a remote location]
   T04N1/00C2G: . . . Processing or editing H04N1/00C2R5 to H04N1/00C2R7 take precedence
   T04N1/00C2H: . . . Digital image input
   T04N1/00C2H2: . . . . [N: directly from a still digital camera or from a storage medium mounted in a still digital camera (H04N1/00C2H5 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00C2H3: . . . . [N: from a still image storage medium (H04N1/00C2H2, H04N1/00C2H5 take precedence)]
   T04N1/00C2H4: . . . . [N: from a user terminal, e.g. personal computer]
   T04N1/00C2H5: . . . . [N: of images captured using a loaned, rented or limited-use still digital camera, e.g. recyclable or disposable camera]
   T04N1/00C2P: . . . Photography assistance, e.g. displaying suggestions to the user
   T04N1/00C2R: . . . Image output (for details of particular output arrangements see the relevant sub-class, e.g. B41J, G03B, G09G, G11B)
   T04N1/00C2R2: . . . . [N: Printing, e.g. prints or reprints (H04N1/00C2R3, H04N1/00C2R5 take precedence)]
   T04N1/00C2R3: . . . . [N: on souvenir-type products or the like, e.g. T-shirts or mugs]
   T04N1/00C2R4: . . . . [N: to a portable storage medium, e.g. a read-writable compact disk]
   T04N1/00C2R5: . . . . [N: Creation of a photo-montage, e.g. photoalbum (H04N1/00C2R3 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00C2R6: . . . . [N: Creation of a soft photo presentation, e.g. digital slide-show]
   T04N1/00C2R7: . . . . [N: Creation of a lenticular or stereo hardcopy image]
   T04N1/00C3: . . with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server
   T04N1/00C3F: . . . Transmitting or receiving computer data via an image communication device, e.g. a facsimile transceiver
   T04N1/00C3G: . . . Transmitting or receiving image data, e.g. facsimile data, via a computer, e.g. using e-mail, a computer network, the internet
   T04N1/00C3G2: . . . . [N: Attaching image data to computer messages, e.g. to e-mails]
   T04N1/00C3G3: . . . . details of transmission
   T04N1/00C3G3C: . . . . . [N: only involving computer data transmission protocols, e.g. SMTP, WAP or HTTP]
   T04N1/00C3G3F: . . . . . [N: involving facsimile protocols or a combination of facsimile protocols and computer data transmission protocols]
   T04N1/00C3G5: . . . . details of image data generation or reproduction, e.g. scan-to-email or network printing
   T04N1/00C3G5G: . . . . . [N: details of image data generation, e.g. scan-to-email or network scanners (using an image reading device as a local input to a computer H04N1/00C3H3)]
   T04N1/00C3G5H: . . . . . [N: Image push arrangements, e.g. from an image reading device to a specific network destination]
   T04N1/00C3G5L: . . . . . [N: Image pull arrangements, e.g. to a multifunctional peripheral from a networked computer]
   T04N1/00C3G5R: . . . . . [N: details of image data reproduction, e.g. network printing or remote image display (using an image reproducing device as a local output from a computer H04N1/00C3H2; digital output from computer to printer unit G06F3/12)]
   T04N1/00C3H: . . . using an image reading or reproducing device, e.g. a facsimile reader or printer, as a local input to or local output from a computer (image input to or image output from a computer via a network T04N1/00C3G)
   T04N1/00C3H2: . . . . [N: using an image reproducing device as a local output from a computer (output via network, e.g. network printing H04N1/00C3G5R)]
   T04N1/00C3H3: . . . . [N: using an image reading device as a local input to a computer (input via network, e.g. network scanners H04N1/00C3G5G)]
   T04N1/00C3K: . . . [N: with a server, e.g. an internet server (fax-servers or the like for store and forward H04N1/32F2)]
   T04N1/00C4: . . [N: with an optical device, e.g. an optical viewing aid]
   T04N1/00C5: . . with a photographic apparatus, e.g. a photographic printer, a projector
   T04N1/00C5A: . . . [N: with an apparatus for taking photographic images, e.g. a camera]
   T04N1/00C5B: . . . with an electrophotographic copying machine, i.e. a photocopier
   T04N1/00C5C: . . . [N: with an electro-developing recording medium, e.g. generating image signals by reading such a medium in a still camera]
   T04N1/00C5D: . . . [N: with an apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials]
   T04N1/00C5D2: . . . . [N: Reading a film during its processing, e.g. generating image signals from a film while the photographic image on the film is in the process of being developed]
   T04N1/00C5E: . . . [N: with a photographic printing apparatus]
   T04N1/00C5F: . . . [N: with a viewing or projecting apparatus, e.g. for reading image information from a film (H04N1/00C5D2 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00C5G: . . . [N: Reading or writing of non-image information from or to a photographic material, e.g. processing data stored in a magnetic track]
   T04N1/00C5H: . . . [N: with apparatus for handling photographic material]
   T04N1/00C5J: . . . [N: Recording image information on a photographic material]
   T04N1/00C6: . . with a printing apparatus, e.g. a laser beam printer
   T04N1/00C7: . . with a telecommunication apparatus, e.g. a telex machine, a selective call terminal
   T04N1/00C7B: . . . with a television apparatus
   T04N1/00C7B2: . . . . with studio circuitry, devices or equipment, e.g. television cameras
   T04N1/00C7B2B: . . . . . [N: in a video photo booth or the like]
   T04N1/00C7B3: . . . . with receiver circuitry
   T04N1/00C7B3B: . . . . . [N: for printing images at a television receiver]
   T04N1/00C7B4: . . . . [N: with a television signal recorder, e.g. for recording facsimile images on a VCR (motion video recording combined with still video recording in a still video camera H04N1/21B3C)]
   T04N1/00C7B5: . . . . [N: with a television transmission apparatus, e.g. a videophone, a teletext system or a digital television system]
   T04N1/00C7C: . . . [N: with a telephonic apparatus, e.g. telephone answering machine or videotex terminal (H04N1/00C7D takes precedence; telephonic communication H04M)]
   T04N1/00C7C2: . . . . [N: with a cordless telephone apparatus]
   T04N1/00C7D: . . . with a mobile telephone apparatus
   T04N1/00C7E: . . . [N: with a selective call apparatus, e.g. a paging device (selective call receivers H04W88/02S; selective call encoders H04W88/18S)]
   T04N1/00C7F: . . . with a digital transmission apparatus, e.g. a switched network of teleprinters for the distribution of text-based information, SMS or ISDN device transmitting or receiving via a computer e.g. using e-mail, a computer network or the internet H04N1/00C3G3; transmission of digital information H04L
   T04N1/00C7G: . . . [N: with a radio transmission apparatus (with a cordless telephone H04N1/00C7C2; systems or arrangements for the transmission of a picture signal specially adapted for transmission via radio H04N1/00B4; H04N1/00C7D takes precedence; radio transmission systems H04B7/00; wireless communication networks H04W)]
   T04N1/00C7H: . . . [N: with a multi-media apparatus]
   T04N1/00D: User-machine interface; Control console
   T04N1/00D11: . . [N: Tailoring a user interface [UI] to specific requirements]
   T04N1/00D11C: . . . [N: Customising to a particular machine or model, machine function or application]
   T04N1/00D11D: . . . [N: Customising to the data to be displayed]
   T04N1/00D11P: . . . [N: Personalising for a particular user or group of users, e.g. a workgroup or company]
   T04N1/00D11P2: . . . . [N: for a group of users, e.g. a workgroup , company, or a service provider]
   T04N1/00D11P4: . . . . [N: for individual users]
   T04N1/00D11P6: . . . . [N: involving favourite or frequently used settings]
   T04N1/00D2: . . [N: Input means (H04N1/00D3D2 takes precedence; input arrangements for computers G06F3/00)]
   T04N1/00D2B: . . . [N: Mark-sheet input (sensing record carriers G06K7/00; recognising printed or written characters G06K9/00)]
   T04N1/00D2B2: . . . . [N: Type of the scanned marks]
   T04N1/00D2B2A: . . . . . [N: Alphanumeric symbols]
   T04N1/00D2B2B: . . . . . [N: Bar codes or the like]
   T04N1/00D2B2M: . . . . . [N: Marks in boxes or the like, e.g. crosses or blacking out (H04N1/00D2B2A takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00D2B3: . . . . [N: Location of the scanned marks]
   T04N1/00D2B3B: . . . . . [N: on a separate sheet]
   T04N1/00D2B3C: . . . . . [N: on the same page as at least a part of the image]
   T04N1/00D2B4: . . . . [N: Means for identifying a mark sheet or area]
   T04N1/00D2B5: . . . . [N: Means for enabling correct scanning of a mark sheet or area, e.g. registration or timing marks]
   T04N1/00D2G: . . . [N: Input by recognition or interpretation of visible user gestures (manual input means, e.g. digitisers, writing tablets H04N1/00D2M; recognition algorithms G06K9/00G; gesture input to computers G06F3/00B8)]
   T04N1/00D2K: . . . [N: Key input means, e.g. buttons or keypads (electromechanical details of key input means in general H01H13/00)]
   T04N1/00D2K2: . . . . [N: Multiple functions per key]
   T04N1/00D2K3: . . . . [N: Programmable function keys, e.g. for one-touch operation (H04N1/00D2K2 takes precedence; for automation of transmitter jobs H04N1/32B5)]
   T04N1/00D2M: . . . [N: Other manual input means, e.g. digitisers or writing tablets]
   T04N1/00D2R: . . . [N: Arrangements for reducing operator input (input arrangements for job or mode instructions or parameters H04N1/00W; intelligent menu interfaces H04N1/00D3D3C)]
   T04N1/00D2S: . . . [N: Switches, knobs or the like]
   T04N1/00D2S2: . . . . [N: Rocker or tumbler switches]
   T04N1/00D2V: . . . [N: Voice input means, e.g. voice commands]
   T04N1/00D3: . . [N: Output means (output arrangements for computers G06F3/00)]
   T04N1/00D3D: . . . [N: Display of information to the user, e.g. menus]
   T04N1/00D3D2: . . . . [N: the display also being used for user input, e.g. touch screen]
   T04N1/00D3D3: . . . . using menus, i.e. presenting the user with a plurality of selectable options H04N1/00D3D5 takes precedence
   T04N1/00D3D3B: . . . . . Multi-level menus
   T04N1/00D3D3B2: . . . . . . [N: Arrangements for navigating between pages or parts of the menu]
   T04N1/00D3D3B2D: . . . . . . . [N: using drop-down menus]
   T04N1/00D3D3B2G: . . . . . . . [N: using a list of graphical elements, e.g. icons or icon bar]
   T04N1/00D3D3B2L: . . . . . . . [N: using a menu list (H04N1/00D3D3B2D, H04N1/00D3D3B2G, H04N1/00D3D3B2N take precedence)]
   T04N1/00D3D3B2N: . . . . . . . [N: using a navigation tree]
   T04N1/00D3D3B2T: . . . . . . . [N: using tabs]
   T04N1/00D3D3B3: . . . . . . [N: arranged in a predetermined sequence, e.g. using next and previous buttons]
   T04N1/00D3D3C: . . . . . [N: Intelligent menus, e.g. anticipating user selections]
   T04N1/00D3D4: . . . . for image preview or review, e.g. to help the user position a sheet
   T04N1/00D3D4M: . . . . . Simultaneous viewing of a plurality of images, e.g. using a mosaic display arrangement of thumbnails
   T04N1/00D3D4M1: . . . . . . [N: arranged in a one dimensional array]
   T04N1/00D3D4M1H: . . . . . . . [N: horizontally]
   T04N1/00D3D4M1V: . . . . . . . [N: vertically]
   T04N1/00D3D4M2: . . . . . . [N: arranged in a two dimensional array]
   T04N1/00D3D4M4: . . . . . . [N: for layout preview, e.g. page layout]
   T04N1/00D3D4S: . . . . . Sequential viewing of a plurality of images, e.g. browsing or scrolling
   T04N1/00D3D4T: . . . . . [N: marking or otherwise tagging one or more displayed image, e.g. for selective reproduction]
   T04N1/00D3D5: . . . . using browsers, i.e. interfaces based on mark-up languages
   T04N1/00D3D6: . . . . [N: displaying finishing information, e.g. position of punch holes or staple or orientation references]
   T04N1/00D3D7: . . . . [N: with enlargement of a selected area of the displayed information]
   T04N1/00D3D8: . . . . [N: using a pop-up window]
   T04N1/00D3F: . . . [N: outputting a plurality of functional options, e.g. scan, copy or print]
   T04N1/00D3G: . . . [N: Indicating status, e.g. of a job (for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device H04N1/32C3F)]
   T04N1/00D3H: . . . [N: Indicating an illegal or impossible operation or selection to the user]
   T04N1/00D3J: . . . [N: outputting a plurality of job set-up options, e.g. number of copies, paper size or resolution]
   T04N1/00D3P: . . . [N: providing a hardcopy output to the user, e.g. print out]
   T04N1/00D3S: . . . [N: providing an audible output to the user]
   T04N1/00D3V: . . . [N: providing a visual indication to the user, e.g. using a lamp (H04N1/00D3D takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00D7: . . [N: Particular location of the interface or console]
   T04N1/00D8: . . [N: Constructional details of the interface or console not otherwise provided for, e.g. rotating or tilting means
   T04N1/00D9: . . [N: Multi-lingual facilities]
   T04N1/00E: Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers (not used)
   T04N1/00E1: . . [N: Reducing apparatus footprint, e.g. wall-mounted or vertically arranged apparatus]
   T04N1/00E10: . . [N: Supporting the apparatus as a whole, e.g. stands]
   T04N1/00E12: . . [N: Constructional details relating to ergonomic aspects]
   T04N1/00E2: . . Providing a more compact apparatus
   T04N1/00E2A: . . . [N: Discharge tray at least partially sandwiched between image generating and reproducing components]
   T04N1/00E2B: . . . [N: Discharge tray in cover]
   T04N1/00E2C: . . . [N: using slidably mounted components, e.g. reader in drawer]
   T04N1/00E2D: . . . [N: using rotatably mounted or foldable components]
   T04N1/00E3: . . Modular devices, i.e. allowing combinations of separate components, removal or replacement of components
   T04N1/00E3B: . . . [N: with detachable image reading apparatus]
   T04N1/00E4: . . Allowing easy access, e.g. for maintenance or in case of paper jam
   T04N1/00E4B: . . . [N: using a side opening]
   T04N1/00E6: . . [N: Counter-measures for mechanical vibration not otherwise provided for]
   T04N1/00E7: . . [N: Top covers or the like]
   T04N1/00E7B: . . . [N: Latches or hinges therefor]
   T04N1/00E8: . . [N: Connection or assembly of components or elements (H04N1/00E3 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00E9: . . [N: Mounting or support of components or elements (H04N1/00E3 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F: Handling of original or reproduction media, e.g. cutting, separating, stacking
   T04N1/00F10: . . [N: Decurling]
   T04N1/00F11: . . [N: Control or synchronising different handling operations (H04N1/00F13 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F11B: . . . [N: Control of feeding speed, e.g. fast feeding to scanning position (H04N1/00F17D takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F12: . . [N: Apparatus in common for different handling operations (H04N1/00F2B2, H04N1/00F2D2, H04N1/00F2E, H04N1/00F2G take precedence)]
   T04N1/00F13: . . [N: Compensating for different handling speeds of different apparatus or arrangements for handling a plurality of sheets simultaneously, e.g. mechanical buffering]
   T04N1/00F15: . . [N: Aligning or positioning related to handling]
   T04N1/00F16: . . [N: Indicating relating to handling of media]
   T04N1/00F17: . . [N: Details specific to handling of web-shaped media, e.g. paper or film rolls]
   T04N1/00F17B: . . . [N: Removing the medium from a cassette, spindle or the like]
   T04N1/00F17C: . . . [N: Winding or feeding the medium into a cassette or onto a spindle or the like]
   T04N1/00F17D: . . . [N: Controlling the amount of slack or tension control]
   T04N1/00F17E: . . . [N: Cutting]
   T04N1/00F17E2: . . . . [N: after scanning]
   T04N1/00F2: . . [N: Conveying sheets before or after scanning (arrangements for conveying sheets as part of the scanning operation H04N1/04 and subgroups)]
   T04N1/00F2B: . . . with refeeding for double-sided scanning, e.g. using one scanning head for both sides of a sheet
   T04N1/00F2B2: . . . . [N: Inverting the sheet prior to refeeding]
   T04N1/00F2B2B: . . . . . [N: using at least part of a loop, e.g. using a return loop]
   T04N1/00F2B2C: . . . . . [N: using at least one dead-end path, e.g. using a sheet ejection path]
   T04N1/00F2B2D: . . . . . [N: by rotating the sheet about an axis lying in its plane]
   T04N1/00F2B3: . . . . [N: Inverting the scanning elements with respect to the scanning plane prior to refeeding]
   T04N1/00F2C: . . . [N: to the scanning position (H04N1/00F2B, H04N1/00F2D2 take precedence)]
   T04N1/00F2D: . . . [N: from the scanning position (H04N1/00F2B takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F2D2: . . . . [N: along at least a part of the same path as transport to the scanning position (H04N1/00F2B2 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F2E: . . . [N: using at least a part of the apparatus in common for transporting to or from a plurality of scanning positions, e.g. for reading and printing]
   T04N1/00F2F: . . . [N: Using specific components (details of components related to handling thin or filamentary material B65H)]
   T04N1/00F2F2: . . . . [N: Feed rollers]
   T04N1/00F2F3: . . . . [N: Transport trays]
   T04N1/00F2F4: . . . . [N: Grippers or the like, e.g. suction grippers]
   T04N1/00F2F5: . . . . [N: Feed belts]
   T04N1/00F2F6: . . . . [N: Path switches (H04N1/00F2B2, H04N1/00F4B, H04N1/00F6B take precedence)]
   T04N1/00F2F7: . . . . [N: Guiding elements, e.g. plates]
   T04N1/00F2G: . . . [N: Transporting curved sheets or curving sheets during transportation, e.g. for feeding to a drum-type scanner]
   T04N1/00F4: . . [N: Removing sheets from a stack or inputting media]
   T04N1/00F4B: . . . [N: Selectively inputting media from one of a plurality of input sources, e.g. input trays]
   T04N1/00F4C: . . . [N: Removing sheets selectively from the top or bottom of a single stack or tray]
   T04N1/00F5: . . [N: Separating, e.g. preventing feeding of two sheets at a time]
   T04N1/00F6: . . [N: Ejecting or stacking (H04N1/00F8 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F6B: . . . [N: selectively to one of a plurality of output trays (H04N1/00F8 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00F6C: . . . [N: Ejecting sheets selectively to the top or bottom of a single stack or tray]
   T04N1/00F7: . . [N: Binding, stapling, folding or perforating, e.g. punching]
   T04N1/00F8: . . [N: Sorting, reordering or inverting (postal sorting or sorting individual articles B07C)]
   T04N1/00F9: . . [N: Counting or calculating, e.g. a number of remaining sheets]
   T04N1/00G: Detecting the presence, position or size of a sheet or correcting its position before scanning H04N1/047 takes precedence; mode signalling H04N1/333; skew detection or correction in image signals H04N1/387E2
   T04N1/00G2: . . Object of the detection
   T04N1/00G2B: . . . Presence or absence
   T04N1/00G2B2: . . . . [N: Presence]
   T04N1/00G2B3: . . . . [N: Absence]
   T04N1/00G2B4: . . . . [N: in an input tray]
   T04N1/00G2B5: . . . . [N: in an output tray]
   T04N1/00G2B6: . . . . [N: of holder, e.g. film mount]
   T04N1/00G2C: . . . Position
   T04N1/00G2C2: . . . . at a plurality of spaced apart locations, e.g. as a sheet is fed through the apparatus
   T04N1/00G2D: . . . Size or dimensions
   T04N1/00G2D2: . . . . [N: Width]
   T04N1/00G2D3: . . . . [N: Length]
   T04N1/00G2D4: . . . . [N: Thickness]
   T04N1/00G2E: . . . Skew
   T04N1/00G2F: . . . Orientation
   T04N1/00G2G: . . . [N: Type of sheet, e.g. colour of paper or transparency]
   T04N1/00G2H: . . . [N: Other properties of the sheet, e.g. curvature or reflectivity]
   T04N1/00G3: . . [N: Detection means]
   T04N1/00G3B: . . . [N: Mechanical detectors]
   T04N1/00G3C: . . . [N: Optical detectors]
   T04N1/00G3C2: . . . . [N: using the scanning elements as detectors]
   T04N1/00G3C2B: . . . . . [N: using inactive scanning elements, e.g. elements outside the scanning area]
   T04N1/00G4: . . [N: Detection methods]
   T04N1/00G4B: . . . [N: Detecting the leading or trailing ends of a moving sheet]
   T04N1/00G4C: . . . [N: Detecting edges, e.g. of a stationary sheet]
   T04N1/00G4D: . . . [N: Detecting a change in reflectivity]
   T04N1/00G4D2: . . . . [N: of a sheet relative to a particular backgroud]
   T04N1/00G4E: . . . [N: Detecting an interruption of light]
   T04N1/00G4F: . . . [N: using a prescan]
   T04N1/00G4G: . . . [N: using reference marks, e.g. on sheet, sheet holder or guide]
   T04N1/00G5: . . [N: Action taken as a result of detection]
   T04N1/00G5B: . . . [N: Storing data]
   T04N1/00G5C: . . . [N: Comparing, e.g. with threshold]
   T04N1/00G5D: . . . [N: Indicating or reporting, e.g. issuing an alarm]
   T04N1/00G5E: . . . [N: Adjusting or controlling]
   T04N1/00G5E2: . . . . [N: Inhibiting, e.g. an operation]
   T04N1/00G5E3: . . . . [N: Adjusting settings, e.g. mode, feeding rate or type of paper]
   T04N1/00G5E4: . . . . [N: Initiating operations]
   T04N1/00G6: . . Correcting the position of a sheet before scanning
   T04N1/00G6B: . . . [N: using mechanical means]
   T04N1/00G6C: . . . [N: using guide or holder]
   T04N1/00G6D: . . . [N: using paper feeding mechanism, e.g. operate drive rollers at different speeds]
   T04N1/00H: Reading arrangements details of scanning heads H04N1/024; scanning arrangements therefor H04N1/04
   T04N1/00H2: . . [N: Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device or according to a measured quantity]
   T04N1/00H2B: . . . [N: according to characteristics of the original]
   T04N1/00H2B2: . . . . [N: Presence or absence of information]
   T04N1/00H2B4: . . . . [N: According to type of the original, e.g. colour paper or transparency, or reading a plurality of different types of original]
   T04N1/00H2B5: . . . . [N: Orientation]
   T04N1/00H2C: . . . [N: according to user specified instructions, e.g. user selection of reading mode]
   T04N1/00H2D: . . . [N: according to a detected condition or state of the reading apparatus, e.g. temperature]
   T04N1/00H2E: . . . [N: Determining the reading area, e.g. eliminating reading of margins]
   T04N1/00H2F: . . . [N: Self-calibrating reading means]
   T04N1/00H2G: . . . [N: Selecting or setting a particular reading mode, e.g. from amongst a plurality of modes, simplex or duplex, or high or low resolution]
   T04N1/00H2J: . . . [N: for displaying or indicating, e.g. a condition or state (details of displaying or indicating means H04N1/00D3)]
   T04N1/00H4: . . [N: Arrangements for reading an image from an unusual original, e.g. 3-dimensional objects]
   T04N1/00K: [N: Arrangements for transferring signals between different components of the apparatus, e.g. arrangements of signal lines or cables (for control or supervision between image input and output device H04N1/32)]
   T04N1/00M: [N: Recording use, e.g. counting number of pages copied]
   T04N1/00N: [N: Detecting external or ambient light]
   T04N1/00P: Preventing unauthorised reproduction
   T04N1/00P2: . . Determining the necessity for prevention
   T04N1/00P2R: . . . based on recognising a copy prohibited original, e.g. a banknote
   T04N1/00P2R2: . . . . based on detection of a dedicated indication, e.g. marks or the like
   T04N1/00P2R3: . . . . [N: by detecting a particular original]
   T04N1/00P2R4: . . . . [N: externally to or remotely from the reproduction apparatus, e.g. using a connected apparatus]
   T04N1/00P2S: . . . [N: Recognising an unauthorised user or user-associated action]
   T04N1/00P3: . . Preventive measures
   T04N1/00P3A: . . . [N: Issuing an alarm or the like]
   T04N1/00P3K: . . . [N: Retaining the original]
   T04N1/00P3M: . . . Modifying the reproduction, e.g. outputting a modified copy of a scanned original
   T04N1/00P3M2: . . . . [N: with additional data, e.g. by adding a warning message (details of embedding additional information in an image H04N1/32C19)]
   T04N1/00P3M2H: . . . . . [N: with hidden additional data, e.g. data invisible to the human eye]
   T04N1/00P3M3: . . . . [N: by image quality reduction, e.g. distortion or blacking out]
   T04N1/00P3P: . . . Inhibiting reproduction, e.g. by disabling reading or reproduction apparatus
   T04N1/00P3R: . . . [N: Recording information, e.g. details of the job]
   T04N1/00P4: . . [N: Detecting or preventing tampering attacks on the reproduction system]
   T04N1/00P5: . . [N: Auto-copy-preventive originals, i.e. originals that are designed not to allow faithful reproduction]
   T04N1/00Q: Power supply means, e.g arrangements for the control of power supply to the apparatus or components thereof
   T04N1/00Q2: . . [N: Control thereof]
   T04N1/00Q2B: . . . [N: Switching on or off, e.g. for saving power when not in use (H04N1/00Q2D takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00Q2C: . . . [N: using a back-up supply, e.g. in case of main-supply failure]
   T04N1/00Q2D: . . . [N: using a low-power mode, e.g. standby]
   T04N1/00Q3: . . [N: Detection of supply level or supply failure]
   T04N1/00Q4: . . Using different supplies or connection to an external supply
   T04N1/00Q5: . . [N: Arrangements for supplying power to different circuits or for supplying power at different levels (H04N1/00Q2D takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00Q6: . . [N: Details of supply connection, e.g. arrangement of power cables (H04N1/00Q4 and H04N1/00Q5 take precedence)]
   T04N1/00S: [N: Cleaning arrangements or preventing or counter-acting contamination from dust or the like (cleaning in general, prevention of fouling in general B08B)]
   T04N1/00V: [N: Arrangements for controlling a still picture apparatus or components thereof not otherwise provided for]
   T04N1/00V1: . . [N: Assigning priority to, or interrupting, a particular operation]
   T04N1/00V10: . . [N: Compiling jobs, e.g. for batch processing (H04N1/32B8 takes precedence; program code compilation G06F8/41)]
   T04N1/00V11: . . [N: Simultaneous or quasi-simultaneous functioning of a plurality of operations (H04N1/32J6 takes precedence; multiprogramming arrangements of computers G06F9/46)]
   T04N1/00V1R: . . . [N: Resuming after an intentional interruption, e.g. resetting parameters]
   T04N1/00V1S: . . . [N: Assigning priority according to size job or task, e.g. small jobs first]
   T04N1/00V1V: . . . [N: Variably assigning priority (H04N1/00V1S takes precedence)]
   T04N1/00V2: . . [N: Inhibiting an operation]
   T04N1/00V3: . . [N: Initialisation or control of normal start-up or shut-down, i.e. non failure or error related]
   T04N1/00V4: . . [N: Synchronising different operations or sub-apparatus, e.g. controlling on-times taking into account different warm-up times]
   T04N1/00V5: . . [N: Timing control or synchronising (H04N1/00V3, H04N1/00V4, H04N1/00V9 and H04N1/00V11 take precedence)]
   T04N1/00V6: . . [N: Skipping a function or process step]
   T04N1/00V7: . . [N: Software related arrangements, e.g. loading applications (program loading in general G06F9/445)]
   T04N1/00V7D: . . . [N: Interaction of different applications (H04N1/00V7W takes precedence; multiprogramming arrangements of computers G06F9/46)]
   T04N1/00V7H: . . . [N: using hot folders, i.e. folders or directories which trigger an action when written to or accessed]
   T04N1/00V7H2: . . . . [N: Details of actions associated with a hot folder]
   T04N1/00V7W: . . . [N: Combining applications, e.g. to create workflows (allocation of computer machine resources considering the execution order of a plurality of tasks G06F9/50A6E)]
   T04N1/00V8: . . [N: Using a plurality of control devices, e.g. for different functions]
   T04N1/00V9: . . [N: Scheduling operations or managing resources (H04N1/00V11 takes precedence; program initiating or switching G06F9/48; allocation of computer resources G06F9/50)]
   T04N1/00W: [N: Input arrangements for operating instructions or parameters, e.g. updating internal software (program loading in general G06F9/445)]
   T04N1/00W1: . . [N: using a plug-in memory module, e.g. memory card, memory stick]
   T04N1/00W2: . . [N: by scanning marks on a sheet (mark-sheet input means H04N1/00D2B; sensing record carriers G06K7/00)]
   T04N1/00W3: . . [N: Storage of instructions or parameters, e.g. customised instructions or different parameters for different user IDs]
   T04N1/00W4: . . [N: from a remote device, e.g. receiving via the internet instructions input to a computer terminal]
   T04N1/00X: [N: Arrangements for regulating environment, e.g. removing static electricity]
   T04N1/00X2: . . [N: Temperature control]
   T04N1/00X2F: . . . [N: by forced convection, e.g. using fans]
   T04N1/00X2F3: . . . . [N: using fins or the like]
   T04N1/00X2H: . . . [N: Heating]
   T04N1/00X2N: . . . [N: by natural convection, e.g. using fins without a fan]
   T04N1/00X3: . . [N: Humidity control, e.g. removing condensation]
   T04N1/00X4: . . [N: Compensating for electric noise, e.g. electromagnetic interference]
   T04N1/00X5: . . [N: Light control, e.g. shielding from ambient light or preventing light leakage]
   T04N1/21D: . . with storage of additional information signals
   T04N1/024: Details of scanning heads; Means for illuminating the original circuit details thereof H04N1/40
   T04N1/024A: . . [N: Focusing, i.e. adjusting the focus of the scanning head]
   T04N1/024B: . . [N: for picture information pick up and reproduction]
   T04N1/024B1: . . . [N: in different planes]
   T04N1/024B1B: . . . . [N: using a single head selectively and alternately arranged to scan in the different planes]
   T04N1/024B2: . . . [N: in the same plane]
   T04N1/024B3: . . . [N: using interchangeable heads]
   T04N1/024B4: . . . [N: using heads mounted on the same support or substrate]
   T04N1/024B5: . . . [N: using a single head, i.e. for pick up and reproduction (H04N1/024B1B takes precedence)]
   T04N1/024E: . . [N: Arrangements for positioning elements within a head (H04N1/024A takes precedence)]
   T04N1/024F: . . [N: Arrangements for mounting or supporting elements within a scanning head (H04N1/024E takes precedence)]
   T04N1/028: . . for picture information pick-up
   T04N1/028A: . . . [N: with photodetectors arranged in a two-dimensional array]
   T04N1/028C: . . . with means for collecting light from a line or an area of the original and for guiding it to only one or a relatively low number of picture element detectors light-guides per se G02B6/00
   T04N1/028E: . . . Means for illuminating the original, not specific to a particular type of pick-up head
   T04N1/028E2: . . . . [N: Using a single or a few point light sources, e.g. a laser diode]
   T04N1/028E2A: . . . . . [N: in combination with at least one reflector which is fixed in relation to the light source (H04N1/028E2C and H04N1/028E2D take precedence)]
   T04N1/028E2B: . . . . . [N: in combination with a light deflecting element, e.g. a rotating mirror]
   T04N1/028E2C: . . . . . [N: in combination with a light guide, e.g. optical fibre, glass plate (light-guides per se G02B6/00)]
   T04N1/028E2D: . . . . . [N: in combination with a light integrating, concentrating or diffusing cavity]
   T04N1/028E3: . . . . [N: using an elongated light source, e.g. tubular lamp, LED array]
   T04N1/028E3B: . . . . . [N: in combination with at least one reflector which is in fixed relation to the light source]
   T04N1/028E3C: . . . . . [N: in combination with a light guide, e.g. optical fibre, glass plate (light-guides per se G02B6/00)]
   T04N1/028E3D: . . . . . [N: in combination with a light integrating, concentrating or defusing cavity]
   T04N1/028E3F: . . . . . [N: using an array of light sources or a combination of such arrays, e.g. an LED bar]
   T04N1/028E3G: . . . . . [N: using a tubular lamp or a combination of such lamps]
   T04N1/028E3G2: . . . . . . [N: comprising a reflective coating]
   T04N1/028E4: . . . . [N: using a two-dimensional light source, e.g. two-dimensional LED array]
   T04N1/028E5: . . . . [N: Means for compensating spatially uneven illumination, e.g. an aperture arrangement]
   T04N1/028E5B: . . . . . [N: Light diffusing elements, e.g. plates or filters (optical diffusing elements per se G02B5/02)]
   T04N1/028E6: . . . . Additional elements in the illumination means or cooperating with the illumination means, e.g. filters H04N1/028E5 takes precedence; optical elements other than lenses per se G02B5/00
   T04N1/029: . . . Heads optically focused on only one picture element at a time H04N1/028C takes precedence
   T04N1/03: . . . with photodetectors arranged in a substantially linear array
   T04N1/031: . . . . the photodetectors having a one-to-one and optically positive correspondence with the scanned picture elements, e.g. linear contact sensors
   T04N1/031A: . . . . . using an array of elements to project the scanned image elements onto the photodetectors H04N1/031E takes precedence
   T04N1/031A2: . . . . . . using an array of optical fibres or rod-lenses
   T04N1/031B: . . . . . Direct contact pick-up heads, i.e. heads having no array of elements to project the scanned image elements onto the photodectors
   T04N1/031C: . . . . . using photodetectors and illumination means mounted in the same plane on a common support or substrate
   T04N1/031D: . . . . . using photodetectors and illumination means mounted on separate supports or substrates or mounted in different planes
   T04N1/031D2: . . . . . . [N: illuminating the scanned image elements through the plane of the photodetector, e.g. back-light illumination]
   T04N1/031D3: . . . . . . [N: detecting the scanned image elements through the plane of the illumination means]
   T04N1/031E: . . . . . Integral pick-up heads, i.e. self-contained heads whose basic elements are a light-source, a lens array and a photodetector array which are supported by a single-piece frame
   T04N1/032: . . for picture information reproduction
   T04N1/032C: . . . Heads moving to and away from the reproducing medium, e.g. for pressure sensitive reproducing
   T04N1/32C5: . . . using a cover sheet or header
   T04N1/032D: . . . Magnetic heads
   T04N1/034: . . . using ink, e.g. ink-jet heads H04N1/032C takes precedence
   T04N1/036: . . . for optical reproduction
   T04N1/03B: . . . . using a bent optical path between the scanned line and the photodetector array, e.g. a folded optical path
   T04N1/03B2: . . . . . [N: with the scanned line and the photodetector array lying in non-parallel planes]
   T04N1/03B3: . . . . . [N: with multiple folds of the optical path]
   T04N1/03C: . . . . using a plurality of optical elements arrayed in the main scan direction, e.g. an array of lenses
   T04N1/03D: . . . . characterised by the design of the photodetectors, e.g. shape
   T04N1/04: Scanning arrangements (not used)
   T04N1/047: . . Detection, control or error compensation of scanning velocity or position
   T04N1/047B: . . . in subscanning direction, e.g. picture start or line-to-line synchronisation
   T04N1/047F: . . . [N: Indicating the scanning velocity]
   T04N1/04D: . . Scanning different formats; Scanning with different densities of dots per unit length, e.g. different numbers of dots per inch (dpi); Conversion of scanning standards H04N1/00C7B takes precedence; picture signal circuits for modification of image resolution H04N1/393M, H04N1/40M
   T04N1/04D2: . . . [N: Different formats, e.g. A3 and A4]
   T04N1/04D3: . . . [N: Different densities of dots per unit length]
   T04N1/04D3B: . . . . [N: in the main scanning direction]
   T04N1/04D3C: . . . . [N: in the sub scanning direction]
   T04N1/04D4: . . . [N: Conversion of standards]
   T04N1/04D7: . . . [N: Details of the method used]
   T04N1/04D7B: . . . . [N: Switching between or selecting from a plurality of optical paths]
   T04N1/04D7C: . . . . [N: using different sized scanning elements, e.g. reproducing different sized dots]
   T04N1/04D7D: . . . . [N: Varying the size of apertures]
   T04N1/04D7E: . . . . [N: Varying the magnification of a single lens group]
   T04N1/04D7F: . . . . [N: Optical element switching, e.g. switching lenses into a single optical path]
   T04N1/04D7G: . . . . [N: Tilting an array with respect to the main or sub scanning direction]
   T04N1/04D7H: . . . . [N: Tilting an optical element, e.g. a refractive plate (H04N1/04D7B takes precedence)]
   T04N1/04D7J: . . . . [N: Varying the scanning velocity or position]
   T04N1/04D7K: . . . . [N: Varying the modulation time or intensity]
   T04N1/04D7L: . . . . [N: using different sets of scanning elements, e.g. for different formats]
   T04N1/04D7L2: . . . . . [N: mounted on the same support or substrate]
   T04N1/04D7M: . . . . [N: using a single set of scanning elements, e.g. the whole of and a part of an array respectively for different formats]
   T04N1/04D7M2: . . . . . [N: using different portions of the scanning elements for different formats or densities of dots]
   T04N1/04F: . . part of the apparatus being used in common for reading and reproducing
   T04N1/04G: . . Capable of performing non-simultaneous scanning at more than one scanning station
   T04N1/04G2: . . . [N: the different stations being used for transmissive and reflective originals]
   T04N1/053: . . . in main scanning direction, e.g. synchronisation of line start or picture elements in a line
   T04N1/06: . . using cylindrical picture-bearing surfaces
   T04N1/06C: . . . Scanning a concave surface, e.g. with internal drum type scanners
   T04N1/06C1: . . . . [N: with main-scanning by rotation of the picture-bearing surface]
   T04N1/06C2: . . . . [N: using a picture-bearing surface stationary in the main-scanning direction]
   T04N1/06C2B: . . . . . [N: using several scanning heads circumferentially spaced from one another and circumferentially aligned, e.g. mounted on a rotating disk]
   T04N1/06C2C: . . . . . [N: using oscillating or rotating mirrors]
   T04N1/06C2D: . . . . . [N: Scanners capable of scanning the total circumference of a closed cylinder]
   T04N1/06C2E: . . . . . [N: using rotating prisms]
   T04N1/06D: . . . Scanning a transparent surface, e.g. reading a transparency original
   T04N1/06E: . . . [N: with sub-scanning by translational movement of the picture-bearing surface]
   T04N1/06F: . . . [N: with sub-scanning by translational movement of the main-scanning components]
   T04N1/06F3: . . . . [N: using a lead-screw or worm]
   T04N1/06F4: . . . . [N: using a belt or cable]
   T04N1/06G: . . . [N: Details of the cylindrical surface (for mounting or holding the sheet H04N1/08)]
   T04N1/08: . . . Mechanisms for mounting or holding the sheet around the drum
   T04N1/08B: . . . . [N: Holding methods]
   T04N1/08B1: . . . . . [N: Holding corners of the sheet]
   T04N1/08B2: . . . . . [N: Holding sides of the sheet which are substantially parallel to the drum axis]
   T04N1/08B3: . . . . . [N: Holding sides of the sheet which are substantially perpendicular to the drum axis]
   T04N1/08B4: . . . . . [N: Holding substantially the whole of the sheet, e.g. with a retaining sheet]
   T04N1/08B5: . . . . . [N: Holding or supporting the sheet in the vicinity of the scanning element]
   T04N1/08C: . . . . [N: Holding means]
   T04N1/08C1: . . . . . [N: Flexible holding means, e.g. envelopes or sheaths]
   T04N1/08C10: . . . . . [N: for holding a sheet adjacent an aperture on an opaque drum]
   T04N1/08C2: . . . . . [N: Mechanical clamps, i.e. means for holding the sheet against the drum by mechanical force]
   T04N1/08C3: . . . . . [N: Pins or the like]
   T04N1/08C4: . . . . . [N: Magnetic means]
   T04N1/08C5: . . . . . [N: Adhesive means]
   T04N1/08C6: . . . . . [N: Suction or vacuum means]
   T04N1/08C6B: . . . . . . [N: using grooves]
   T04N1/08C7: . . . . . [N: Single holding means holding both ends of a sheet]
   T04N1/08C8: . . . . . [N: capable of holding different sized sheets]
   T04N1/08C9: . . . . . [N: for holding the sheet on the internal surface of the drum]
   T04N1/08D: . . . . [N: Registering or guiding means other than the holding means]
   T04N1/08E: . . . . [N: Mounting the sheet from a roll]
   T04N1/08F: . . . . [N: Detecting failure of the holding, e.g. by detecting a loose sheet]
   T04N1/08G: . . . . [N: Means other than holding means for removing the sheet form the drum]
   T04N1/10: . . using flat picture-bearing surfaces
   T04N1/107: . . . with manual scanning
   T04N1/107A: . . . . using a folded light path
   T04N1/107B: . . . . Means for guiding the scanning, e.g. rules
   T04N1/107C: . . . . Apparatus incorporating a hardcopy reproducing device, e.g. a printer, not working directly by manual scanning
   T04N1/107D: . . . . Arrangements for facilitating holding of the scanner, e.g. shapes, grips
   T04N1/107E: . . . . Arrangements for facilitating movement over the scanned medium, e.g. disposition of rollers
   T04N1/107F: . . . . by moving the scanned medium
   T04N1/10B: . . . using two-dimensional electrical scanning, e.g. cathode-ray tubes
   T04N1/10E: . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of the picture-bearing surface
   T04N1/10F: . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of at least a part of the main-scanning components
   T04N1/10F2: . . . . the main-scanning components remaining positionally invariant with respect to one another in the sub-scanning direction
   T04N1/10F3: . . . . [N: using a lead screw or worm]
   T04N1/10F4: . . . . [N: using a belt or cable]
   T04N1/10F5: . . . . [N: by engaging a rail]
   T04N1/10F6: . . . . [N: by other means, e.g. linear motor or hydraulic system]
   T04N1/10F9: . . . . [N: Movement of the main scanning components]
   T04N1/10F9B: . . . . . [N: of a sensor array]
   T04N1/10F9C: . . . . . [N: of a lens or lens arrangement]
   T04N1/10F9D: . . . . . [N: of a mirror]
   T04N1/10F9D2: . . . . . . [N: of two or more separate mirror arrangements]
   T04N1/10T: . . . [N: Details relating to flat picture-bearing surfaces, e.g. transparent platen]
   T04N1/10T2: . . . . [N: Support or mounting of the flat picture-bearing surface]
   T04N1/113: . . using oscillating or rotating mirrors
   T04N1/113B: . . . for the main-scan only
   T04N1/12: . . using the sheet-feed movement as the slow scanning component, e.g. arrangements for the main-scanning
   T04N1/12C: . . . using a device, e.g. an optical fibre bundle, converting rectilinear scanning into circular line scanning or vice versa
   T04N1/12D: . . . Feeding arrangements
   T04N1/12D2: . . . . using one or more cylindrical platens or rollers in the immediate vicinity of the main scanning line
   T04N1/12D3: . . . . [N: using a feed belt (feed belts for transporting to or from the scanning position H04N1/00F2F5)]
   T04N1/12D6: . . . . [N: Means for maintaining contact between the sheet and the image sensor, e.g. pressing means]
   T04N1/12D7: . . . . [N: Using a dedicated sheet guide element]
   T04N1/12D8: . . . . [N: Feeding a sheet past a transparent plate; Details thereof]
   T04N1/12D8B: . . . . . [N: Plate shape]
   T04N1/12D8C: . . . . . [N: Arrangements for mounting or holding the plate]
   T04N1/12D9: . . . . [N: the sheet feeding apparatus serving an auxiliary function, e.g. as a white reference]
   T04N1/12F: . . . [N: Electronic copy boards]
   T04N1/12K: . . . [N: Arrangements for the main scanning]
   T04N1/12K2: . . . . [N: using a holographic scanning element]
   T04N1/12K3: . . . . [N: using a cathode ray tube or the like]
   T04N1/12K4: . . . . [N: using a solid-state deflector, e.g. an acousto-optic deflector or a semiconductor waveguide device]
   T04N1/12K5: . . . . [N: using a scanning head arranged for linear reciprocating motion]
   T04N1/12K6: . . . . [N: using apertures arranged in a spiral]
   T04N1/12K7: . . . . [N: using an element rotating or oscillating about an axis not covered by any other group or code]
   T04N1/12K8: . . . . [N: using an optical guide, e.g. a fibre-optic bundle between the scanned line and the scanning elements]
   T04N1/14: . . . using a rotating endless belt carrying the scanning heads
   T04N1/16: . . . using a rotating helical element
   T04N1/17: . . the scanning speed being dependent on content of picture
   T04N1/19: . . using multi-element arrays
   T04N1/191: . . . the array comprising a one-dimensional array, or a combination of one-dimensional arrays, or a substantially one-dimensional array, e.g. an array of staggered elements
   T04N1/191B: . . . . Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously scanning picture elements on more than one main scanning line, e.g. scanning in swaths
   T04N1/191B1: . . . . . Scanning main scanning lines which are spaced apart from one another in the sub-scanning direction
   T04N1/191B5: . . . . . Scanning adjacent picture elements in different scans of the array, e.g. in complementary checkerboard patterns
   T04N1/191B5D: . . . . . . [N: with subscan displacement of the array between successive scans]
   T04N1/191B8: . . . . . using an array of elements displaced from one another in the main scan direction, e.g. a diagonally arranged array
   T04N1/191B8B: . . . . . . [N: Staggered element array, e.g. arrays with elements arranged in a zigzag]
   T04N1/191B9: . . . . . Combination of arrays
   T04N1/192: . . . . Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously scanning picture elements on one main scanning line
   T04N1/193: . . . . . using electrically scanned linear arrays
   T04N1/193B: . . . . . . with scanning elements electrically interconnected in groups
   T04N1/193P: . . . . . . [N: using an array of elements displaced from one another in the sub scan direction, e.g. a diagonally arranged array]
   T04N1/193P2: . . . . . . . [N: Staggered element arrays, e.g. arrays with elements arranged in a zigzag]
   T04N1/193Q: . . . . . . [N: Combination of arrays]
   T04N1/193R: . . . . . . [N: Optical means for mapping the whole or part of a scanned line onto the array]
   T04N1/193R2: . . . . . . . [N: using a light guide, e.g. an optical fibre bundle or array]
   T04N1/193R3: . . . . . . . [N: using a reflecting element, e.g. a mirror or a prism]
   T04N1/193S: . . . . . . [N: Details of the electrical scanning]
   T04N1/195: . . . the array comprising a two-dimensional array or a combination of two-dimensional arrays
   T04N1/195B: . . . . Scanning picture elements spaced apart from one another in at least one direction
   T04N1/195B1: . . . . . in one direction
   T04N1/195B2: . . . . . in two directions
   T04N1/195B4: . . . . . Arrangements for moving the elements of the array relative to the scanned image or vice versa
   T04N1/195B4B: . . . . . . [N: Optical means]
   T04N1/195B4B2: . . . . . . . [N: Reflecting elements]
   T04N1/195B4B3: . . . . . . . [N: Refracting elements]
   T04N1/195B4B4: . . . . . . . [N: Fibre bundles]
   T04N1/195B4B5: . . . . . . . [N: Apertures]
   T04N1/195B4B6: . . . . . . . [N: Rotation of optical elements]
   T04N1/195B4B6B: . . . . . . . . [N: about an axis parallel to the optical axis]
   T04N1/195B4B6C: . . . . . . . . [N: about an axis perpendicular to the optical axis]
   T04N1/195B4C: . . . . . . [N: Displacing the array]
   T04N1/195B4D: . . . . . . [N: Displacing the scanned image]
   T04N1/195B4H: . . . . . . [N: Hybrid systems, i.e. systems combining more than one arrangement for moving the elements of the array relative to the scanned image or vice versa]
   T04N1/195Q: . . . . Combination of arrays
   T04N1/195R: . . . . Optical means, e.g. an optical fibre bundle, for mapping the whole or a part of a scanned image onto the array
   T04N1/195S: . . . . using a television camera or a still video camera
   T04N1/19A: . . . [N: Arrangements for enabling electronic abutment of lines or areas independently scanned by different elements of an array or by different arrays]
   T04N1/19S: . . . [N: Arrangements for performing substitution scanning for a defective element]
   T04N1/203: . . Simultaneous scanning of two or more separate pictures, e.g. two sides of the same sheet refeeding a sheet for double-sided scanning H04N1/00F2B
   T04N1/203P: . . . [N: of two pictures corresponding to two sides of a single medium (refeeding a sheet for double-sided scanning H04N1/00F2B)]
   T04N1/203P2: . . . . [N: at identical corresponding positions, i.e. without time delay between the two image signals]
   T04N1/203Q: . . . [N: of a plurality of pictures corresponding to a single side of a plurality of media]
   T04N1/203Q2: . . . . [N: lying in the same plane]
   T04N1/207: . . Simultaneous scanning of the original picture and the reproduced picture with a common scanning device
   T04N1/21: Intermediate information storage (not used)
   T04N1/21B: . . for one or a few pictures
   T04N1/21B2: . . . for one picture only
   T04N1/21B3: . . . [N: using still video cameras]
   T04N1/21B3B: . . . . [N: Picture signal recording combined with imagewise recording, e.g. photographic recording (photographic cameras G03B19/00)]
   T04N1/21B3C: . . . . [N: Motion video recording combined with still video recording (television signal recording H04N5/76)]
   T04N1/21B3D: . . . . [N: Display of information relating to the still picture recording]
   T04N1/21B3E: . . . . [N: Recording in, or reproducing from, a specific memory area or areas, or recording or reproducing at a specific moment]
   T04N1/21B3E3: . . . . . [N: Recording or reproducing at a specific moment, e.g. time interval or time-lapse]
   T04N1/21B3F: . . . . [N: with temporary storage before final recording, e.g. in a frame buffer]
   T04N1/21B3F2: . . . . . [N: in a multi-frame buffer]
   T04N1/21B3F2S: . . . . . . [N: of a sequence of images for selection of a single frame before final recording, e.g. from a continuous sequence captured before and after shutter-release]
   T04N1/21B3G: . . . . [N: Recording a sequence of still pictures, e.g. burst mode]
   T04N1/21B3H: . . . . [N: the still video camera incorporating a hardcopy reproducing device, e.g. a printer]
   T04N1/21B7: . . . [N: using a detachable storage unit]
   T04N1/21B8: . . . [N: using a non electronic storage unit, e.g. by recording marks on a sheet]
   T04N1/21C: . . for mass storage, e.g. in document filing systems information retrieval G06F17/30
   T04N1/21C2: . . . Interfaces allowing access to a single user
   T04N1/21C2B: . . . . with local image input
   T04N1/21C3: . . . Interfaces allowing access to a plurality of users, e.g. connection to electronic image libraries
   T04N1/21C3Q: . . . . [N: the stored images being distributed among a plurality of different locations, e.g. among a plurality of users]
   T04N1/21C3R: . . . . [N: with image input from a plurality of different locations or from a non-central location, e.g. from one or more users]
   T04N1/21C3S: . . . . [N: for simultaneous, independent access by a plurality of different users]
   T04N1/21C9: . . . [N: with temporary storage before final recording or on play-back, e.g. in a frame buffer]
   T04N1/23: Reproducing arrangements perforating or marking objects by electrical discharge B26F1/28
   T04N1/23B: . . Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device, according to a measured quantity H04N1/27, H04N1/29 take precedence
   T04N1/23B1: . . . [N: according to characteristics of the reproducing apparatus, e.g. capability]
   T04N1/23B10: . . . [N: for fitting data onto a particular reproducing medium without modifying the image data]
   T04N1/23B11: . . . [N: for displaying or indicating, e.g. a condition or state (details of displaying or indicating means H04N1/00D3)]
   T04N1/23B2: . . . [N: according to characteristics of the reproducing medium, e.g. type, size or availability]
   T04N1/23B3: . . . [N: according to characteristics of the data to be reproduced, e.g. number of lines]
   T04N1/23B4: . . . [N: according to user specified instructions, e.g. user selection of reproduction mode]
   T04N1/23B5: . . . [N: according to a detected condition or state of the reproducing device, e.g. temperature or ink quantity]
   T04N1/23B6: . . . [N: Selecting a particular reproducing medium from amongst a plurality of media or from a particular tray, e.g. paper or transparency]
   T04N1/23B7: . . . [N: Selecting a particular reproducing device from amongst a plurality of devices, e.g. high or low resolution devices]
   T04N1/23B8: . . . [N: Selecting a particular reproducing mode from amongst a plurality of modes, e.g. paper saving or normal, or simplex or duplex]
   T04N1/23B9: . . . [N: Inhibiting or interrupting a particular operation or device (preventing unauthorised reproduction H04N1/00P)]
   T04N1/27: . . involving production of a magnetic intermediate picture
   T04N1/29: . . involving production of an electrostatic intermediate picture
   T04N1/29B: . . . Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device, according to a measured quantity
   T04N1/31: . . Mechanical arrangements for picture transmission, e.g. adaptation of clutches, gearing, gear transmissions contains no documents
   T04N1/32: Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device
   T04N1/327: . . Initiating, continuing or ending a single-mode communication; Handshaking therefor H04N1/32L2 takes precedence
   T04N1/327B: . . . using digital control signals H04N1/327C, H04N1/32L2, H04N1/327F4 take precedence
   T04N1/327C: . . . Establishing a communication with one of a facsimile and another telecommunication apparatus sharing a single line
   T04N1/327C2: . . . . Type of the other apparatus
   T04N1/327C2B: . . . . . [N: Telephone]
   T04N1/327C2C: . . . . . [N: Telephone answering machine]
   T04N1/327C2D: . . . . . Data transmission device, e.g. switched network of teleprinters for the distribution of text-based information transceiver
   T04N1/327C3: . . . . Detecting
   T04N1/327C3A: . . . . . [N: a calling tone, e.g. CI]
   T04N1/327C3B: . . . . . [N: a facsimile calling signal, e.g. CNG]
   T04N1/327C3C: . . . . . [N: facsimile protocol signals, e.g. DCS or TSI]
   T04N1/327C3D: . . . . . [N: speech signals]
   T04N1/327C3E: . . . . . [N: signals other than facsimile protocol signals, e.g. DTMF signals]
   T04N1/327C3F: . . . . . [N: an off-hook condition]
   T04N1/327C3G: . . . . . [N: a loop current]
   T04N1/327C3H: . . . . . [N: within a predetermined time]
   T04N1/327C3J: . . . . . [N: Maintaining the detecting operation after an apparatus has been connected to the line]
   T04N1/327C3K: . . . . . [N: a state or mode of the facsimile apparatus (H04N1/327C3F takes precedence)]
   T04N1/327C4: . . . . Generating signals
   T04N1/327C4B: . . . . . [N: Generating ringing or calling signals or tones]
   T04N1/327C4C: . . . . . [N: Generating ring-back signals or tones]
   T04N1/327C4D: . . . . . [N: Generating messages, indications or warnings locally]
   T04N1/327C5: . . . . Controlling the connection of the apparatus
   T04N1/327C5B: . . . . . [N: Giving priority to one of the apparatus]
   T04N1/327C5C: . . . . . [N: Manual connection of one of the apparatus other than by putting a telephone off-hook]
   T04N1/327C5D: . . . . . [N: Automatically connecting another apparatus when a first one has finished]
   T04N1/327C5E: . . . . . [N: Inhibiting connection of another apparatus when a first one is connected]
   T04N1/327C6: . . . . Sending a voice message other than from a telephone answering machine
   T04N1/327C7: . . . . Ring suppression
   T04N1/327C8: . . . . Supplying power to the apparatus
   T04N1/327F: . . . Initiating a communication
   T04N1/327F2: . . . . in response to a user operation, e.g. actuating a switch H04N1/327F3 and H04N1/327F4 take precedence
   T04N1/327F3: . . . . in response to detection of an original
   T04N1/327F4: . . . . in response to a request, e.g. for a particular document
   T04N1/327F4C: . . . . . [N: to capture an image, e.g. at a location or event remote from the requester]
   T04N1/327F4D: . . . . . [N: using an interactive, user-operated device, e.g. a computer terminal, mobile telephone (H04N1/327F4T, H04N1/327F4V take precedence)]
   T04N1/327F4M: . . . . . [N: using a mark-sheet or machine-readable code request]
   T04N1/327F4P: . . . . . [N: using a protocol or handshaking signal, e.g. non-standard set-up [NSS]]
   T04N1/327F4T: . . . . . [N: using a tone- or pulse-coded request]
   T04N1/327F4V: . . . . . [N: using a voice request]
   T04N1/327G: . . . [N: Ending a communication (H04N1/32L2 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/327H: . . . [N: Details of handshaking (H04N1/327P, H04N1/327R and H04N1/327S take precedence)]
   T04N1/327H2: . . . . [N: Arrangements for reducing the handshaking procedure or protocol time]
   T04N1/327P: . . . [N: Controlling a receiver or transmitter non-communication function in response to a communication control signal]
   T04N1/327R: . . . [N: Arrangements for keeping the communication line open]
   T04N1/327S: . . . [N: Systems adapted to communicate over more than one channel, e.g. via ISDN (changing transmission mode according to type of channel H04N1/333D3D)]
   T04N1/32A: . . Automation of particular receiver jobs, e.g. rejecting unwanted calls requesting a communication from a transmitter H04N1/327E; with picture signal storage for forwarding messages H04N1/32F
   T04N1/32A2: . . . [N: Rejecting unwanted calls]
   T04N1/32A3: . . . [N: according to the caller''s identification, e.g. fax number (H04N1/32A2 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32A4: . . . [N: according to the type of received information]
   T04N1/32A5: . . . [N: Changing the receiver mode of operation, e.g. paper reception to memory reception or vice versa (H04N1/32L8D takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32A6: . . . [N: Polling of transmitters]
   T04N1/32B: . . Automation of particular transmitter jobs, e.g. multi-address calling, auto-dialing
   T04N1/32B10: . . . [N: according to the called number]
   T04N1/32B11: . . . [N: Checking the destination, e.g. correspondence of manual input with stored destination]
   T04N1/32B2: . . . with reading of job-marks on a page
   T04N1/32B3: . . . [N: Auto-dialling or Auto-calling (H04N1/32B4 to H04N1/32B7 take precedence)]
   T04N1/32B4: . . . [N: Delayed transmission, e.g. to make use of reduced connection rates (H04N1/32B7 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32B5: . . . [N: Abbreviated dialing, e.g. one-touch dialing]
   T04N1/32B6: . . . [N: Multi-address calling]
   T04N1/32B6B: . . . . [N: simultaneously to a plurality of destinations, e.g. multi-casting]
   T04N1/32B7: . . . [N: Redialing, e.g. after failure to make a connection]
   T04N1/32B8: . . . [N: Transmitting a plurality of separate messages to a common destination in a single transmission]
   T04N1/32B9: . . . [N: Automation of other tasks, e.g. repetitive execution or sequencing]
   T04N1/32C: . . Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
   T04N1/32C15: . . . separate from the image data, e.g. in a different computer file
   T04N1/32C15B: . . . . in a separate computer file, document page or paper sheet, e.g. a fax cover sheet
   T04N1/32C15C: . . . . in a separate transmission or protocol signal prior to or subsequent to the image data transmission, e.g. in digital identification signal (DIS), in non standard setup (NSS) or in non standard field (NSF)
   T04N1/32C15D: . . . . in a separate device, e.g. in a memory or on a display separate from image data
   T04N1/32C17: . . . attached to the image data, e.g. file header, transmitted message header, information on the same page or in the same computer file as the image
   T04N1/32C17B: . . . . on the same paper sheet, e.g. a facsimile page header
   T04N1/32C17B2: . . . . . in an electronic device attached to the sheet, e.g. in an RFID tag
   T04N1/32C19: . . . embedded in the image data, i.e. enclosed or integrated in the image, e.g. watermark, super-imposed logo or stamp
   T04N1/32C19B: . . . . [N: Methods relating to embedding, encoding, decoding, detection or retrieval operations]
   T04N1/32C19B10: . . . . . [N: Fragile embedding or watermarking]
   T04N1/32C19B11: . . . . . [N: Informed embedding, i.e. the original image being known for the encoding or decoding method]
   T04N1/32C19B12: . . . . . [N: Blind embedding, i.e. the original image not being known beforehand]
   T04N1/32C19B13: . . . . . [N: Reversible embedding, i.e. lossless, invertible, erasable, removable or distorsion-free embedding]
   T04N1/32C19B2: . . . . . [N: Transform domain methods (H04N1/32C19B7 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32C19B2B: . . . . . . [N: using Fourier transforms]
   T04N1/32C19B2C: . . . . . . [N: using cosine transforms]
   T04N1/32C19B2D: . . . . . . [N: using wavelet transforms]
   T04N1/32C19B2E: . . . . . . [N: using Walsh, Hadamard or Walsh-Hadamard transforms]
   T04N1/32C19B2F: . . . . . . [N: using Karhunen-Loeve transforms]
   T04N1/32C19B2S: . . . . . . [N: with selective or adaptive application of the additional information, e.g. in selected frequency coefficients]
   T04N1/32C19B2S2: . . . . . . . [N: according to calculated or estimated visibility of the additional information in the image]
   T04N1/32C19B2S3: . . . . . . . [N: according to the spatial domain characteristics of the transform domain components]
   T04N1/32C19B3: . . . . . [N: Spatial or amplitude domain methods (H04N1/32C19B7 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32C19B3B: . . . . . . [N: involving changing the magnitude of selected pixels, e.g. overlay of information or super-imposition (H04N1/32C19B3C, H04N1/32C19B3D take precedence)]
   T04N1/32C19B3B3: . . . . . . . [N: Modulating the least significant bits of pixels]
   T04N1/32C19B3C: . . . . . . [N: involving changing the position of selected pixels, e.g. word shifting, or involving modulating the size of image components, e.g. of characters (H04N1/32C19B3D takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32C19B3D: . . . . . . [N: Replacing pixels of an image with other pixels from the same image, e.g. texture block coding]
   T04N1/32C19B3E: . . . . . . [N: with selective or adaptive application of the additional information, e.g. in selected regions of the image (H04N1/32C19B3B3 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32C19B3E2: . . . . . . . [N: in highly textured regions]
   T04N1/32C19B3E3: . . . . . . . [N: in edge regions]
   T04N1/32C19B3E4: . . . . . . . [N: Random or pseudorandom selection of pixels]
   T04N1/32C19B3G: . . . . . . [N: in multilevel data, e.g. greyscale or continuous tone data]
   T04N1/32C19B3H: . . . . . . [N: in halftone data]
   T04N1/32C19B3J: . . . . . . [N: in binary data (H04N1/32C19B3H takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32C19B4: . . . . . [N: combined with processing of the image]
   T04N1/32C19B4B: . . . . . . [N: Encryption or ciphering]
   T04N1/32C19B4C: . . . . . . [N: Compression]
   T04N1/32C19B4D: . . . . . . [N: Hashing]
   T04N1/32C19B6: . . . . . [N: Multiple embedding, e.g. cocktail embedding, or redundant embedding, e.g. repeating the additional information at a plurality of locations in the image]
   T04N1/32C19B6B: . . . . . . [N: Repeating the additional information in a regular pattern]
   T04N1/32C19B6C: . . . . . . [N: using more than one embedding method]
   T04N1/32C19B6D: . . . . . . [N: Embedding different sets of additional information]
   T04N1/32C19B7: . . . . . [N: in colour image data]
   T04N1/32C19B8: . . . . . [N: Selecting a particular method from amongst a plurality of methods]
   T04N1/32C19B9: . . . . . [N: Robust embedding or watermarking]
   T04N1/32C19B9B: . . . . . . [N: the embedded data being visible]
   T04N1/32C19C: . . . . [N: Controlling detectability or arrangements to facilitate detection or retrieval of the embedded information, e.g. using markers (for decoding, detection or retrieval operations H04N1/32C19B and subgroups take precedence)]
   T04N1/32F: . . using picture signal storage, e.g. at transmitter
   T04N1/32F1: . . . at the transmitter or at the receiver
   T04N1/32F10: . . . Storage for making a plurality of copies or reproductions
   T04N1/32F11: . . . [N: alternate storage in and retrieval from two parallel memories, e.g. using ping-pong buffers]
   T04N1/32F1B: . . . . Functions of a still picture terminal memory associated with transmission
   T04N1/32F1B2: . . . . . [N: Storage subsequent to an attempted transmission]
   T04N1/32F1C: . . . . Functions of a still picture terminal memory associated with reception
   T04N1/32F1C2: . . . . . [N: Storage subsequent to an attempted output at the receiver, e.g. in case of printer malfunction]
   T04N1/32F1C3: . . . . . [N: Forwarding image data, e.g. to an absent recipient]
   T04N1/32F1C4: . . . . . [N: Informing an absent addressee of receipt]
   T04N1/32F2: . . . intermediate the transmitter and receiver terminals, e.g. at an exchange
   T04N1/32F2R: . . . . [N: in connection with routing or relaying, e.g. using a fax-server or a store-and-forward facility (stored and forward data switching systems H04L12/54)]
   T04N1/32F2R2: . . . . . [N: Handling instructions for routing or relaying]
   T04N1/32F2R2B: . . . . . . [N: Storage of instructions or retrieval of prestored instructions]
   T04N1/32F2R2C: . . . . . . [N: Reprocessing messages, e.g. in case the intended destination is busy]
   T04N1/32F2R3: . . . . . [N: Optimising routing, e.g. for minimum cost]
   T04N1/32F2S: . . . . [N: in a particular memory file for retrieval by the user, e.g. in a facsimile mailbox]
   T04N1/32F2S2: . . . . . [N: Informing the addressee of reception]
   T04N1/32F6: . . . [N: with asynchronous operation of the image input and output devices connected to the memory]
   T04N1/32F6B: . . . . [N: Controlling data flow to or from the memory in relation to the available memory capacity]
   T04N1/32F6D: . . . . [N: Controlling data flow to or from the memory in relation to the amount of data, e.g. file size]
   T04N1/32F7: . . . [N: for changing the arrangement of the stored data]
   T04N1/32F7B: . . . . [N: Changing the arrangement of pages or documents, e.g. for producing pages to be bound]
   T04N1/32F7C: . . . . [N: Changing the arrangement of data in a page, e.g. reversing the order to produce a mirror image]
   T04N1/32F7D: . . . . [N: Changing the format of the data, e.g. parallel to serial or vice versa]
   T04N1/32F8: . . . Storage of at least a part of one of two image bearing sides of a single sheet, e.g. for two sided copying
   T04N1/32H: . . changing the task performed, e.g. reading and transmitting, receiving and reproducing, copying
   T04N1/32J: . . in systems having a plurality of input or output devices
   T04N1/32J3: . . . [N: a plurality of input devices]
   T04N1/32J3B: . . . . [N: of different type, e.g. internal and external devices]
   T04N1/32J3B2: . . . . . [N: details of interfacing]
   T04N1/32J4: . . . [N: a plurality of output devices]
   T04N1/32J4B: . . . . [N: of different type, e.g. internal and external devices]
   T04N1/32J4B2: . . . . . [N: details of interfacing]
   T04N1/32J4C: . . . . [N: Detecting or indicating the status of the output devices]
   T04N1/32J6: . . . [N: Distributing a job or task among a plurality of input devices or a plurality of output devices]
   T04N1/32J6B: . . . . [N: Hybrid jobs, i.e. performing different parts of the same job on different devices, e.g. colour and B/W pages on different devices]
   T04N1/32J6C: . . . . [N: Large jobs, i.e. performing identical parts of the same job on different devices]
   T04N1/32K: . . using a programmed control device, e.g. a microprocessor
   T04N1/32K2: . . . at the transmitter or at the receiver
   T04N1/32K7: . . . [N: Details of system components]
   T04N1/32K7B: . . . . [N: Input interface]
   T04N1/32K7C: . . . . [N: Output interface]
   T04N1/32K7D: . . . . [N: Controller]
   T04N1/32K8: . . . [N: Using a plurality of controllers, e.g. for controlling different interfaces]
   T04N1/32K9: . . . [N: Bus based systems]
   T04N1/32K9M: . . . . [N: Multi-bus systems]
   T04N1/32L: . . Fault detection or counter-measures, e.g. original mis-positioned, shortage of paper
   T04N1/32L2: . . . related to a single-mode communication, e.g. at the transmitter or at the receiver
   T04N1/32L2B: . . . . with retransmission retransmission after changing the mode H04N1/333C
   T04N1/32L7: . . . [N: Fault detection]
   T04N1/32L7A: . . . . [N: of reading apparatus or transmitter, e.g. original jam]
   T04N1/32L7B: . . . . [N: of reproducing apparatus or receiver, e.g. out of paper]
   T04N1/32L7C: . . . . [N: of transmission or transmitted data, e.g. interruption or wrong number of pages]
   T04N1/32L8: . . . [N: Counter-measures (inhibiting an operation H04N1/00V2, interrupting an operation H04N1/00V1)]
   T04N1/32L8B: . . . . [N: Indicating or reporting (details of user-machine interface H04N1/00D)]
   T04N1/32L8B1: . . . . . [N: locally]
   T04N1/32L8B2: . . . . . [N: remotely, e.g. to the transmitter from the receiver]
   T04N1/32L8C: . . . . [N: Restarting a communication or performing a recovery operation]
   T04N1/32L8D: . . . . [N: Adjusting or controlling an operating mode, e.g. from paper reception to memory reception (H04N1/32L8E takes precedence; Inhibiting an operation H04N1/00V2)]
   T04N1/32L8E: . . . . [N: Performing substitution, e.g. substitute reception or substituting a corrupted line of data (H04N1/32F1C2 takes precedence)]
   T04N1/32L8F: . . . . [N: Preventive counter-measures, e.g. using redundant hardware, or anticipating a fault (arrangements for keeping a communication line open H04N1/327R)]
   T04N1/32L8F2: . . . . . [N: Involving the use of error correction codes]
   T04N1/32L8G: . . . . [N: Storing a fault condition in memory]
   T04N1/333: . . Mode signalling or mode changing; Handshaking therefor
   T04N1/333B: . . . prior to start of transmission, input or output of the picture signal only
   T04N1/333B2: . . . . reading or reproducing mode only, e.g. sheet size, resolution
   T04N1/333B3: . . . . transmission mode only, e.g. speed
   T04N1/333C: . . . during transmission, input or output of the picture signal; within a single document or page
   T04N1/333G: . . . [N: adapting to particular facsimile group, e.g. G3]
   T04N1/333P: . . . [N: adapting to a particular standardised protocol]
   T04N1/333Q: . . . [N: according to the available bandwidth used for a single communication, e.g. the number of ISDN channels used]
   T04N1/333R: . . . [N: according to characteristics or the state of the communication line (H04N1/333Q and H04N1/333B3T take precedence)]
   T04N1/333S: . . . [N: Storage of mode or retrieval of prestored mode]
   T04N1/333T: . . . [N: according to characteristics or state of one of the communicating parties, e.g. available memory capacity]
   T04N1/333T2: . . . . [N: according to transient characteristics or state]
   T04N1/333Y: . . . [N: Details of handshaking]
   T04N1/34: . . for coin-freed systems or for pay systems
   T04N1/34C: . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on content, e.g. charging for access to a particular document]
   T04N1/34F: . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on type of function or service used, e.g. copying, faxing]
   T04N1/34N: . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on a number representative of the service used, e.g. number of operations or copies produced]
   T04N1/34T: . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on time or day]
   T04N1/36: . . for synchronising or phasing transmitter and receiver
   T04N1/38: Circuits or arrangements for blanking or otherwise eliminating unwanted parts of pictures
   T04N1/387: Composing, repositioning or otherwise geometrically modifying originals
   T04N1/387B: . . the composed originals being of different kinds, e.g. low- and high-resolution originals
   T04N1/387C: . . Repositioning or masking
   T04N1/387C2: . . . defined only by a limited number of coordinate points or parameters, e.g. corners, centre; for trimming
   T04N1/387C2B: . . . . combined with enlarging or reducing enlarging or reducing per se H04N1/393
   T04N1/387D: . . Recombination of partial images to recreate the original image
   T04N1/387E: . . Image rotation
   T04N1/387E2: . . . Skew detection or correction
   T04N1/393: . . Enlarging or reducing
   T04N1/393M: . . . with modification of image resolution, i.e. determining the values of picture elements at new relative positions
   T04N1/40: Picture signal circuits (not used)
   T04N1/401: . . Compensating positionally unequal response of the pick-up or reproducing head
   T04N1/401B: . . . of the reproducing head
   T04N1/403: . . Discrimination between the two tones in the picture signal of a two-tone original
   T04N1/405: . . Halftoning, i.e. converting the picture signal of a continuous-tone original into a corresponding signal showing only two levels
   T04N1/405B: . . . producing a dispersed dots halftone pattern, the dots having substantially the same size different sizes H04N1/405C4
   T04N1/405B2: . . . . by error diffusion, i.e. transferring the binarising error to neighbouring dot decisions
   T04N1/405B2B: . . . . . with threshold modulated relative to input image data or vice-versa
   T04N1/405C: . . . producing a clustered dots or a size modulated halftone pattern
   T04N1/405C2: . . . . the pattern varying in one dimension only, e.g. dash length, pulse width modulation (PWM)
   T04N1/405C4: . . . . the pattern being a mixture of differently sized sub-patterns, e.g. spots having only a few different diameters multi-toning H04N1/40Q
   T04N1/405C6: . . . . with details for producing a halftone screen at an oblique angle H04N1/405C2 takes precedence
   T04N1/407: . . Control or modification of tonal gradation or of extreme levels, e.g. background level
   T04N1/407B: . . . dependent on the contents of the original
   T04N1/407B2: . . . . using histograms
   T04N1/407C: . . . dependent on references outside the picture
   T04N1/407C2: . . . . using gradational references, e.g. grey-scale test pattern analysis
   T04N1/409: . . Edge or detail enhancement; Noise or error suppression
   T04N1/409B: . . . Edge or detail enhancement
   T04N1/409C: . . . Correction of errors due to scanning a two-sided document, i.e. show-through correction
   T04N1/409D: . . . Removing errors due external factors, e.g. dust, scratches
   T04N1/40A: . . Compensating for the effects of ageing, i.e. changes over time
   T04N1/40B: . . Conversion of colour to monochrome
   T04N1/40F: . . Halftoning, i.e. converting the picture signal of a continuous-tone original into a corresponding signal showing only two levels
   T04N1/40J: . . deleted
   T04N1/40J2: . . . for a plurality of reproducing elements simultaneously
   T04N1/40J3: . . . the reproducing element being a laser
   T04N1/40J8: . . . using more than one type of modulation, e.g. pulse width modulation and amplitude modulation
   T04N1/40J9: . . . with regulating circuits, e.g. dependent upon ambient temperature or feedback control
   T04N1/40K: . . Circuits for driving or energising particular reading heads or original illumination means H04N1/401, H04N1/407 take precedence
   T04N1/40L: . . Discrimination between different image types, e.g. two-tone, continuous tone
   T04N1/40M: . . Modification of image resolution, i.e. determining the values of picture elements at new relative positions H04N1/393M takes precedence
   T04N1/40N: . . Descreening, i.e. converting a halftone signal into a corresponding continuous-tone signal; Rescreening, i.e. combined descreening and halftoning
   T04N1/40P: . . Soft dot halftoning, i.e. producing halftone dots with gradual edges
   T04N1/40Q: . . Multi-toning, i.e. converting a continuous-tone signal for reproduction with more than two discrete brightnesses or optical densities, e.g. dots of grey and black inks on white paper
   T04N1/40S: . . Modification of content of picture, e.g. retouching geometric modifications H04N1/387
   T04N1/41: Bandwidth or redundancy reduction (by scanning H04N1/17; [N: H04N7/26 takes precedence; for data acquisition G06F17/40; coding for image data processing in general G06T9/00; data compression in general H03M7/30])
   T04N1/411: . . for the transmission or storage or reproduction of two-tone pictures, e.g. black and white pictures
   T04N1/411B: . . . involving the recognition of specific patterns, e.g. by symbol matching
   T04N1/413: . . . Systems or arrangements allowing the picture to be reproduced without loss or modification of picture-information
   T04N1/413B: . . . . in which a baseband signal showing more than two values or a continuously varying baseband signal is transmitted or recorded
   T04N1/415: . . . . in which the picture-elements are subdivided or grouped into fixed one-dimensional or two-dimensional blocks
   T04N1/417: . . . . using predictive or differential encoding
   T04N1/417B: . . . . . Progressive encoding, i.e. by decomposition into high and low resolution components
   T04N1/417C: . . . . . involving the encoding of tone transitions with respect to tone transitions in a reference line
   T04N1/417D: . . . . . encoding document change data, e.g. form drop out data
   T04N1/419: . . . . in which encoding of the length of a succession of picture-elements of the same value along a scanning line is the only encoding step H04N1/413B to H04N1/417 take precedence
   T04N1/41B: . . for halftone screened pictures
   T04N1/42: Systems for two-way working e.g. conference systems H04N1/32 takes precedence
   T04N1/44: Secrecy Systems
   T04N1/44A: . . Restricting access, e.g. according to user identity
   T04N1/44A2: . . . involving the use of passwords, ID codes or the like, e.g. PIN
   T04N1/44A3: . . . [N: using a biometric data reading device]
   T04N1/44A5: . . . [N: involving separate means, e.g. a server, a magnetic card]
   T04N1/44A7: . . . [N: to an apparatus, part of an apparatus or an apparatus function]
   T04N1/44A8: . . . [N: to a particular document or image or part thereof]
   T04N1/44H: . . Hiding of documents or document information
   T04N1/44H2: . . . [N: Covering, i.e. concealing from above, or folding]
   T04N1/44H3: . . . [N: Enclosing, i.e. retaining in an enclosure, or locking up]
   T04N1/44H4: . . . [N: Enveloping, wrapping, or sealing, i.e. keeping the document closed]
   T04N1/44H5: . . . Destruction, e.g. shredding of documents
   T04N1/44S: . . Rendering the image unintelligible, e.g. scrambling
   T04N1/44S2: . . . using digital data encryption
   T04N1/44S5: . . . [N: Subsequently rendering the image intelligible using a co-operating image, mask or the like]
   T04N1/46: Colour picture communication systems
   T04N1/46B: . . Conversion of monochrome to colour
   T04N1/48: . . Picture signal generators
   T04N1/48B: . . . using the same detector device sequentially for different colour components
   T04N1/48B2: . . . . with sequential colour illumination of the original
   T04N1/48C: . . . with separate detectors, each detector being used for one specific colour component
   T04N1/48C2: . . . . using beam-splitters
   T04N1/50: . . Picture reproducers
   T04N1/50B: . . . Reproducing the colour component signals dot-sequentially or simultaneously in a single or in adjacent picture-element positions
   T04N1/50C: . . . Reproducing the colour component signals line-sequentially
   T04N1/50D: . . . Reproducing the colour component signals picture-sequentially, e.g. with reproducing heads spaced apart from one another in the subscanning direction
   T04N1/50D2: . . . . using the same reproducing head for two or more colour components
   T04N1/52: . . Circuits or arrangements for halftone screening
   T04N1/54: . . Conversion of colour picture signals to a plurality of signals some of which represent particular mixed colours, e.g. for textile printing
   T04N1/56: . . Processing of colour picture signals
   T04N1/58: . . . Edge or detail enhancement; Noise or error suppression, e.g. colour misregistration correction
   T04N1/60: . . . Colour correction or control
   T04N1/60A: . . . . Corrections within particular colour systems
   T04N1/60A2: . . . . . with luminance or chrominance signals, e.g. LC1C2, HSL or YUV
   T04N1/60A3: . . . . . with primary colour signals, e.g. RGB or CMY(K)
   T04N1/60B: . . . . with simulation on a subsidiary picture reproducer
   T04N1/60B2: . . . . . by simulating several colour corrected versions of the same image simultaneously on the same picture reproducer
   T04N1/60D: . . . . Conversion to subtractive colour signals
   T04N1/60D2: . . . . . using look-up tables
   T04N1/60D3: . . . . . Generating a fourth subtractive colour signal, e.g. under colour removal, black masking
   T04N1/60D3B: . . . . . . using look-up tables
   T04N1/60E: . . . . Correction or control of colour gradation or colour contrast
   T04N1/60F: . . . . controlled by characteristics of the picture signal generator or the picture reproducer
   T04N1/60F2: . . . . . using test pattern analysis
   T04N1/60F2B: . . . . . . involving periodic tests or tests during use of the machine
   T04N1/60F2C: . . . . . . for controlling interaction among colorants
   T04N1/60F2D: . . . . . . for controlling uniformity of color across image area
   T04N1/60F2E: . . . . . . involving a sensor integrated in the machine or otherwise specifically adapted to read the test pattern
   T04N1/60F2F: . . . . . . wherein the test pattern is part of an arbitrary user image
   T04N1/60F2G: . . . . . . for controlling ink amount, strike-through, bleeding soakage or the like
   T04N1/60F3: . . . . . Matching two or more picture signal generators or two or more picture reproducers
   T04N1/60F3B: . . . . . . using test pattern analysis
   T04N1/60G: . . . . Reduction of colour to a range of reproducible colours, e.g. to ink- reproducible colour gamut
   T04N1/60G2: . . . . . involving the consideration or construction of a gamut surface
   T04N1/60G3: . . . . . dependent on the contents of the image to be reproduced
   T04N1/60G3B: . . . . . . dependent on the gamut of the image to be reproduced
   T04N1/60G3C: . . . . . . spatially varying within the image
   T04N1/60J: . . . . adapting to different types of images, e.g. characters, graphs, black and white image portions
   T04N1/60K: . . . . Corrections to the hue
   T04N1/60L: . . . . Colour balance, e.g. colour cast correction
   T04N1/60L2: . . . . . within the L, C1, C2 colour signals
   T04N1/60R: . . . . controlled by factors external to the apparatus
   T04N1/60R2: . . . . . by scene illuminant, i.e. conditions at the time of picture capture, e.g. flash, optical filter used, evening, cloud, daylight, artificial lighting, white point measurement, colour temperature
   T04N1/60R3: . . . . . by viewing conditions, i.e. conditions at picture output
   T04N1/60R4: . . . . . by environmental factors, e.g. temperature or humidity
   T04N1/60S: . . . . depending on characteristics of the input medium, e.g. film type, newspaper
   T04N1/60T: . . . . depending on the characteristics of the output medium, e.g. glossy paper, matt paper, transparency or fabrics
   T04N1/62: . . . . Retouching, i.e. modification of isolated colours only or in isolated picture areas only
   T04N1/62B: . . . . . with simulation on a subsidiary picture reproducer
   T04N1/62C: . . . . . Red-eye correction
   T04N1/62D: . . . . . Detection of non-electronic marks, e.g. fluorescent markers
   T04N1/62E: . . . . . Memory colours, e.g. skin or sky
   T04N1/64: . . Systems for the transmission or the storage of the colour picture signal; Details therefor, e.g. coding or decoding means therefor
   T04N1/64B: . . . Adapting to different types of images, e.g. characters, graphs, black and white image portions
   T04N1/64C: . . . using a reduced set of representative colours, e.g. each representing a particular range in a colour space
   T04N1/64D: . . . Transmitting or storing colour television type signals, e.g. PAL, Lab; Their conversion into additive or subtractive colour signals or vice versa therefor
   T04N1/64E: . . . Transmitting or storing the primary
   T04N3/00: Scanning details of television systems
   T04N3/02: by optical-mechanical means only
   T04N3/04: . . having a moving aperture also apertures covered by lenses
   T04N3/06: . . having a moving lens or other refractor
   T04N3/08: . . having a moving reflector
   T04N3/09: . . . for electromagnetic radiation in the invisible region, e.g. infra-red
   T04N3/10: by means not exclusively optical-mechanical
   T04N3/12: . . by switched stationary formation of lamps, photocells or light relays
   T04N3/12C: . . . using cathode rays, e.g. multivision
   T04N3/12G: . . . using gas discharges, e.g. plasma
   T04N3/12L: . . . using liquid crystals
   T04N3/14: . . by means of electrically scanned solid-state devices
   T04N3/15: . . . for picture signal generation
   T04N3/15C: . . . . with addressing of the image-sensor elements H04N3/15F takes precedence
   T04N3/15C4: . . . . . for MOS image-sensors, e.g. MOS-CCD H04N3/15G takes precedence
   T04N3/15C6: . . . . . using charge injection within the image-sensor
   T04N3/15D: . . . . with charge transfer within the image-sensor, e.g. time delay and integration H04N3/15F takes precedence
   T04N3/15D2: . . . . . using frame-interline transfer
   T04N3/15D4: . . . . . using interline transfer
   T04N3/15D6: . . . . . using frame transfer
   T04N3/15E: . . . . Control of the image-sensor operation, e.g. image processing within the image-sensor
   T04N3/15E2: . . . . . for variable integration time
   T04N3/15E4: . . . . . for selective scanning, e.g. windowing, zooming
   T04N3/15E6: . . . . . for disturbance correction or prevention within the image-sensor, e.g. biasing, blooming, smearing correction circuits H04N5/217S2
   T04N3/15F: . . . . Picture signal readout register, e.g. shift registers, interline shift registers
   T04N3/15G: . . . . using linear image-sensor time delay and integration H04N3/15D
   T04N3/15H: . . . . the image being sequentially picked-up by one device at different imaging positions, e.g. by shifting the image-sensor
   T04N3/15J: . . . . the image being simultaneously picked-up by more than one device, e.g. the scene being partitioned into subimages
   T04N3/16: . . by deflecting electron beam in cathode-ray tube also scanning corrections for scanning and focusing devices H01J; cathode ray oscillographs G01R13/20
   T04N3/18: . . . Generation of supply voltages, in combination with electron beam deflecting
   T04N3/185: . . . Maintaining dc voltage constant
   T04N3/185P: . . . . using regulation in parallel
   T04N3/185S: . . . . using regulation in series
   T04N3/19: . . . . Arrangements or assemblies in supply circuits for the purpose of withstanding high voltages
   T04N3/20: . . . Prevention of damage to cathode-ray tubes in the event of failure of scanning
   T04N3/22: . . . Circuits for controlling dimension, shape or centering of picture on screen
   T04N3/223: . . . . Controlling dimensions
   T04N3/227: . . . . Centering
   T04N3/23: . . . . Distortion correction, e.g. for pincushion distortion correction, S-correction
   T04N3/233: . . . . . using active elements
   T04N3/233C: . . . . . . with calculating means
   T04N3/237: . . . . . using passive elements, e.g. diodes
   T04N3/24: . . . Blanking circuits
   T04N3/26: . . . Modifications of scanning arrangements to improve focusing
   T04N3/27: . . . Circuits special to multi-standard receivers
   T04N3/28: . . producing multiple scanning, i.e. using more than one spot at the same time
   T04N3/30: . . otherwise than with constant velocity or otherwise than in pattern formed by unidirectional, straight, substantially horizontal or vertical lines
   T04N3/32: . . . Velocity varied in dependence upon picture information
   T04N3/34: . . . Elemental scanning area oscillated rapidly in direction transverse to main scanning direction
   T04N3/36: Scanning of motion picture films, e.g. for telecine
   T04N3/38: . . with continuously moving film
   T04N3/40: . . with intermittently moving film
   T04N3/40B: . . . with film moving only during the field blanking interval
   T04N5/00: Details of television systems
   T04N5/04: Synchronising
   T04N5/44B: . . I.F. amplifier-circuits as far as concerned for B&W-TV
   T04N5/44F: . . for frame-grabbing
   T04N5/44P: . . for progressive scanning
   T04N5/44S: . . for flicker reduction
   T04N5/44V: . . for progressive scanning
   T04N5/44W: . . for displaying different aspect ratios
   T04N5/05: . . Synchronising circuits with arrangements for extending range of synchronisation
   T04N5/06: . . Generation of synchronising signals
   T04N5/067: . . . Arrangements or circuits at the transmitter end
   T04N5/067B: . . . . for mixing the synchronising signals with the picture signal or mutually
   T04N5/073: . . . . for mutually locking plural sources of synchronising signals
   T04N5/073B: . . . . . for distributing synchronisation pulses to different TV cameras
   T04N5/073C: . . . . . using digital storage buffer techniques
   T04N5/08: . . Separation of synchronising signals from picture signals
   T04N5/10: . . . Separation of line synchronising signal from frame synchronising signal or vice-versa
   T04N5/12: . . Devices in which the synchronising signals are only operative if a phase difference occurs between synchronising and synchronised scanning devices
   T04N5/12B: . . . whereby the synchronisation signal directly commands a frequency generator
   T04N5/12C: . . . whereby the synchronisation signal indirectly commands a frequency generator
   T04N5/14: Picture signal circuitry for video frequency region
   T04N5/14B: . . Beam current control means
   T04N5/14E: . . Edging; Contouring
   T04N5/14M: . . Movement detection
   T04N5/14M2: . . . Movement estimation
   T04N5/14S: . . Scene change detection
   T04N5/14V: . . Video amplifiers
   T04N5/16: . . Circuitry for reinsertion of dc and slowly varying components of signal; Circuitry for preservation of black or white level
   T04N5/16B: . . . to maintain the black level constant
   T04N5/18: . . . by means of "clamp" circuit operated by switching circuit
   T04N5/18B: . . . . for the black level
   T04N5/20: . . Circuitry for controlling amplitude response
   T04N5/202: . . . Gamma control
   T04N5/205: . . . for correcting amplitude versus frequency characteristic
   T04N5/208: . . . . for compensating for attenuation of high frequency components
   T04N5/21: . . Circuitry for suppressing or minimising disturbance, e.g. moirč, halo, even if the automatic gain control is involved
   T04N5/213: . . . Circuitry for suppressing or minimising impulsive noise
   T04N5/217: . . . in picture signal generation in cameras comprising an electronic image sensor, e.g. digital cameras, TV cameras, video cameras, camcorders, webcams, to be embedded in other devices, e.g. in mobile phones, computers or vehicles (noise reduction or noise suppression involving solid-state image sensors H04N 5/357)
   T04N5/217D: . . . . Dust removal e.g. from surfaces of image sensor or processing of the image signal output by the electronic image sensor
   T04N5/217S: . . . . in solid-state picture signal generation
   T04N5/217S2: . . . . . Suppression of excedentary charges, e.g. blooming, smearing within the image sensor H04N3/15E2, H04N3/15E6
   T04N5/217S3: . . . . . Correction or equalization of amplitude response, e.g. dark current, blemishes, non-uniformity
   T04N5/217S3B: . . . . . . by initial calibration, e.g. with memory means
   T04N5/21A: . . . Ghost signal cancellation
   T04N5/222: Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment (not used)
   T04N5/222P: . . Prompting
   T04N5/222S: . . related to virtual studio applications
   T04N5/222S1: . . . Determination of depth image, e.g. for foreground/background separation determining depth by image analysis in general G06T7/00R; segmentation by image analysis in general G06T7/00S
   T04N5/222V: . . Video assist systems used in motion picture production, e.g. video cameras connected to viewfinders of motion picture cameras or related video signal processing
   T04N5/225: . . Television cameras (not used)
   T04N5/225C: . . . Constructional details arrangement comprising a plurality of cameras H04N5/247; stereoscopic cameras having a single image sensor H04N13/002A1
   T04N5/225C2: . . . . Housings
   T04N5/225C3: . . . . Mounting of pick-up device, electronic image sensor, deviation or focusing coils
   T04N5/225C4: . . . . Mounting of optical parts, e.g. lenses, shutters, filters; optical parts peculiar to the presence of use of an electronic image sensor
   T04N5/225E: . . . for picking-up images in sites, inaccessible due to their dimensions or hazardous conditions, e.g. endoscope, borescope
   T04N5/225L: . . . provided with illuminating means
   T04N5/225M: . . . Mechanical and electrical details of cameras or camera modules for embedding in other devices mounting structure in mobile phone see H04M1/02A14C; optical details G03B
   T04N5/225P: . . . Cameras using two or more image sensors, e.g. a CMOS sensor for video and a CCD for still image cameras having one image sensor for each colour H04N9/04B, H04N9/09
   T04N5/225V: . . . Means for changing the camera field of view without moving the camera body, e.g. nutating or panning optics or image-sensors picture signal generation using shifting image-sensors H04N5/349; varying magnification e.g. angle of view for cameras using only optical means G03B
   T04N5/228: . . . Circuit details for pick-up tubes
   T04N5/228B: . . . . Beam current control
   T04N5/228B2: . . . . . during retrace periods, e.g. circuits for ACT tubes, leg suppression
   T04N5/232: . . . Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control; Control of cameras comprising an electronic image sensor, e.g. digital cameras, video cameras, TV cameras, video cameras, camcorders, webcams, camera modules for embedding in e.g. mobile phones, computers or vehicles
   T04N5/232C: . . . . Remote control signaling for cameras or for parts of camera, e.g. between main body and part of camera distributing sync-signals to television cameras H04N5/073B
   T04N5/232C1: . . . . . [N. using a network, e.g. internet]
   T04N5/232C2: . . . . . for interchangeable parts of camera involving control signals based on electric image signals provided by an electronic image sensor interchangeably mounting lenses on cameras not involving a control signal based on electric image signals provided by a main electronic image sensor G03B17/14
   T04N5/232F: . . . . Focusing based on image signal provided by the electronic image sensor generation of focusing signals in general G02B7/28
   T04N5/232G: . . . . Control of parameters e.g. field/angle of view of camera via graphical user interface e.g. touchscreen
   T04N5/232H: . . . . Control of camera operation based on recognized human faces, facial parts, facial expressions or other parts of the human body face recognition per se G06K9/00F
   T04N5/232J: . . . . Computer-aided capture of images, e.g. transfer from script file into camera, camera control checks quality of taken pictures, gives advices how to arrange picture composition or decides when to take image
   T04N5/232K: . . . . Input of new or changed control program into camera control means
   T04N5/232L: . . . . comprising further processing of the captured image without influencing the image pickup process (image processing in general G06T)
   T04N5/232L3: . . . . . by using more than one image in order to influence resolution, frame rate or aspect ratio providing high dynamic range image H04N5/235N
   T04N5/232L5: . . . . . by using a single image in order to influence the resolution
   T04N5/232M: . . . . Control of image capture or reproduction to achieve a very large field of view, e.g. panorama (panoramic or widescreen photography G03B27)
   T04N5/232P: . . . . Control of camera operation in relation to power supply, e.g. by reducing power consumption of electronic image sensor or image processor or by checking or displaying battery state details of energy supply or management for digital still cameras not peculiar to the electronic image sensor S03B217/00E
   T04N5/232R: . . . . Operation mode switching of cameras, e.g. between still/video, sport/normal or high/low resolution mode
   T04N5/232S: . . . . for stable pick-up of the scene in spite of camera body vibration image-sensor selective scanning per se H04N3/15E4
   T04N5/232S1: . . . . . Motion detection
   T04N5/232S1A: . . . . . . based on the image signal analysis of motion by image processing in general G06T7/20
   T04N5/232S1B: . . . . . . based on additional sensors cameras when not peculiar to the use or presence of the EIS S03B217/00B
   T04N5/232S1C: . . . . . . by distinguishing pan/tilt from motion
   T04N5/232S2: . . . . . Vibration or motion blur correction
   T04N5/232S2A: . . . . . . performed by a processor, e.g. controlling the readout of an image memory
   T04N5/232S2B: . . . . . . performed by controlling the image sensor readout, e.g. by controlling the integration time controlling the image sensor readout in general H04N5/345, H04N5/353
   T04N5/232S2B1: . . . . . . . by controlling the scanning position, e.g. windowing windowed readout of image sensor in general H04N5/345B
   T04N5/232S2B2: . . . . . . . by combination of a plurality of images sequentially taken
   T04N5/232S2C: . . . . . . performed by mechanical compensation stabilization for imaging systems using optical elements in general sG02B27/64V; cameras when not peculiar to the use or presence of the EIS S03B205/00B
   T04N5/232S2C1: . . . . . . . with a variable apex prism
   T04N5/232S2C2: . . . . . . . by shifting the lens/sensor position
   T04N5/232S3: . . . . . Motion occurring during a rolling shutter mode
   T04N5/232V: . . . . Electronic Viewfinder, e.g. displaying the image signal provided by an electronic image sensor and optionally additional information related to control or operation of the camera
   T04N5/232Z: . . . . Control of means for changing angle of the field of view, e.g. optical zoom objective, electronic zooming or combined use of optical and electronic zooming optical details of zoom lenses G02B15/14; optical zooming only for cameras G03B5/00
   T04N5/235: . . . Circuitry or methods for compensating for variation in the brightness of the object based on an electric image signals provided by an electronic image sensor exposure control for film cameras or cameras using an additional sensor G03B7/00
   T04N5/235B: . . . . Circuitry for evaluating the brightness variations of the object within the image sensor H04N5/351; photometry in general G01J1/00
   T04N5/235C: . . . . Combination of two or more compensation controls
   T04N5/235E: . . . . by influencing the exposure time, e.g. shutter H04N5/235C takes precedence; within the image sensor H04N5/353
   T04N5/235L: . . . . by influencing the scene brightness using illuminating means H04N5/235C takes precedence
   T04N5/235N: . . . . by increasing the dynamic range of the final image compared to the dynamic range of the electronic image sensor , e.g. by adding correct exposed portions of short and long exposed images image enhancement in general using more than one image G06T5/50
   T04N5/235P: . . . . Bracketing i.e. taking a series of images with varying, e.g. stepwise, exposure conditions or focusing conditions
   T04N5/235S: . . . . Detection of flicker frequency or flicker suppression, e.g. due to fluorescent tube illumination
   T04N5/235T: . . . . by influencing at least one of the pick-up tube voltages H04N5/235C takes precedence
   T04N5/238: . . . . by influencing the optical part of the camera, e.g. diaphragm, intensifier, fibre bundle H04N5/235C takes precedence
   T04N5/243: . . . . by influencing the picture signal, e.g. signal amplitude gain control H04N5/235C takes precedence
   T04N5/247: . . . Arrangements of television cameras constructional details of cameras H04N5/225C; stereoscopic picture signal generators H04N13/02A2; H04N13/02A3
   T04N5/253: . . Picture signal generating by scanning motion picture films or slide opaques, e.g. for telecine
   T04N5/257: . . Picture signal generators using flying-spot scanners
   T04N5/262: . . Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects (not used)
   T04N5/262C: . . . Cameras specially adapted for the electronic generation of special effects during image pickup, e.g. digital cameras, camcorders, video cameras having integrated special effects capability
   T04N5/262E: . . . Signal amplitude transition in the zone between image portions, e.g. soft edges
   T04N5/262M: . . . for obtaining an image which is composed of whole input images, e.g. splitscreen
   T04N5/262S: . . . for obtaining an image which is composed of images from a temporal image sequence, e.g. for a stroboscopic effect sequence generated by event triggered capturing H04N7/18E
   T04N5/262S1: . . . . for providing spin image effect, 3D stop motion effect or temporal freeze effect 2D image animation in general G06T13/80
   T04N5/262T: . . . Alteration of picture size, shape, position or orientation, e.g. zooming, rotation, rolling, perspective, translation
   T04N5/265: . . . Mixing
   T04N5/268: . . . Signal distribution or switching
   T04N5/272: . . . Means for inserting a foreground image in a background image, e.g. inlay, outlay (not used)
   T04N5/272P: . . . . Insertion of virtual advertisement; Replacing advertisements physical present in the scene by virtual advertisement data processing systems or methods specially adapted for marketing G06Q30/02
   T04N5/272S: . . . . for simulating a person`s appearance, e.g. hair style, glasses, clothes
   T04N5/275: . . . . Generation of keying signals
   T04N5/278: . . . Subtitling
   T04N5/28: . . Mobile studios
   T04N5/30: Transforming light or analogous information into electric information (not used)
   T04N5/32: . . Transforming X-rays
   T04N5/321: . . . with video transmission of fluoroscopic images
   T04N5/325: . . . . Image enhancement, e.g. by subtraction techniques using polyenergetic X-rays
   T04N5/32S: . . . using subtraction imaging techniques
   T04N5/33: . . Transforming infra-red radiation
   T04N5/335: . . Solid state image sensors (SSIS)
   T04N5/335B: . . . with digital output of the sensor cell, e.g. dynamic RAM image sensors
   T04N5/33D: . . . Multispectral imaging comprising at least a part of the infrared region
   T04N5/341: . . . Extracting pixel data from an image sensor by controlling scanning circuits, e.g. by modifying the number of pixels having been sampled or to be sampled
   T04N5/341A: . . . . for increasing the field of view by combining the outputs of a plurality of sensors, e.g. panoramic imaging
   T04N5/343: . . . . by switching between different modes of operation using different resolutions or aspect ratios, e.g. between still and video mode or between interlaced and non-interlaced mode
   T04N5/345: . . . . by partially reading an SSIS array, i.e. by outputting a number of pixels less than the number of pixels present on the image sensor
   T04N5/345A: . . . . . by reading contiguous pixels in one direction within a read portion of the array, e.g. without loss of resolution within the read portion, or every other field is skipped
   T04N5/345B: . . . . . by reading contiguous pixels in two directions within a read portion of the array, e.g. without loss of resolution in two directions, windowing or electronic zooming
   T04N5/345C: . . . . . by skipping some contiguous pixels within the read portion of the array, e.g. with loss of resolution, e.g. skipping or discarding pixels
   T04N5/345D: . . . . . by preserving the color pattern with or without loss of information
   T04N5/347: . . . . by combining or binning pixels in SSIS
   T04N5/349: . . . . for increasing resolution by shifting the sensor relative to the scene, e.g. microscanning
   T04N5/351: . . . Control of the SSIS depending on the scene, e.g. brightness or motion in the scene
   T04N5/353: . . . . Control of the integration time
   T04N5/353A: . . . . . by controlling rolling shutters
   T04N5/353B: . . . . . with different integration times within the sensor
   T04N5/353B1: . . . . . . depending on the spectral component
   T04N5/355: . . . . Control of the dynamic range
   T04N5/355A: . . . . . involving a non-linear response
   T04N5/355A1: . . . . . . being of the logarithmic type
   T04N5/355A2: . . . . . . with a response composed of multiple slopes
   T04N5/355B: . . . . . involving multiple exposures
   T04N5/355B1: . . . . . . being simultaneously taken
   T04N5/355B1A: . . . . . . . with different integration times
   T04N5/355B1B: . . . . . . . with pixels having different sensibilities within the sensor, e.g. fast/slow pixels, pixels having different sizes
   T04N5/355B2: . . . . . . sequentially taken, e.g. using the combination of odd and even image fields
   T04N5/355B2A: . . . . . . . with different integration times, e.g. short and long exposures
   T04N5/355C: . . . . . by controlling the amount of charge storable in the pixel, e.g. modification of the charge conversion ratio of the floating node capacitance
   T04N5/357: . . . Noise processing, e.g. detecting, correcting, reducing or removing noise
   T04N5/357A: . . . . the noise resulting only from the lens unit, e.g. flare, shading, vignetting or "cos4"
   T04N5/357B: . . . . involving a correlated sampling function, e.g. correlated double or triple sampling
   T04N5/357C: . . . . for reducing electromagnetic interferences, e.g. EMI reduction, clocking noise
   T04N5/359: . . . . applied to excess charges produced by the exposure, e.g. smear, blooming, ghost image, crosstalk or leakage between pixels
   T04N5/359A: . . . . . for the control of blooming
   T04N5/359A1: . . . . . . by controlling anti-blooming drains
   T04N5/359A2: . . . . . . by evacuation via the output or reset lines
   T04N5/359B: . . . . . for the control of smearing, e.g. CCD being still exposed during the charge transfer
   T04N5/359C: . . . . . being the residual charges remaining after reading an image, e.g. ghost images or after images
   T04N5/359D: . . . . . applied when a phenomenon of inverted contrast occurs, e.g. eclipse phenomenon
   T04N5/361: . . . . applied to dark current
   T04N5/363: . . . . applied to reset noise, e.g. KTC noise related to CMOS structures
   T04N5/365: . . . . applied to fixed-pattern noise, e.g. non-uniformity of response
   T04N5/365A: . . . . . for non-uniformity detection and correction
   T04N5/365A1: . . . . . . between adjacent sensors or output registers for reading a single image
   T04N5/365A2: . . . . . . by using a reference source
   T04N5/365A2A: . . . . . . . the reference source being based on the scene itself, e.g. defocusing
   T04N5/365A3: . . . . . . for reducing the column or line fixed pattern noise
   T04N5/367: . . . . . applied to defects, e.g. non-responsive pixels
   T04N5/367A: . . . . . . by defect estimation performed on the scene signal, e.g. real time or on the fly detection
   T04N5/369: . . . SSIS architecture; Circuitry associated therewith
   T04N5/369A: . . . . Line sensors
   T04N5/369A1: . . . . . using abutted sensors forming a long line, e.g. for flat bed scanners
   T04N5/369B: . . . . SSIS characterized by non-identical, non-equidistant or non-planar pixel layout, sensor embedding other types of pixels not meant for producing an image signal, e.g. fovea sensors, display pixels, pixels for focusing
   T04N5/369C: . . . . Circuitry for controlling the generation or the management of the power supply
   T04N5/372: . . . . Charge-coupled device [CCD] sensors; Time delay and integration [TDI] registers or shift registers specially adapted for SSIS
   T04N5/3722: . . . . . using frame interline transfer [FIT]
   T04N5/3725: . . . . . using frame transfer [FT]
   T04N5/3728: . . . . . using interline transfer [IT]
   T04N5/372A: . . . . . TDI registers or shift registers specially adapted for SSIS
   T04N5/372B: . . . . . Details of transfer/readout registers; Split readout registers and multiple readout registers
   T04N5/374: . . . . Addressed sensors, e.g. MOS or CMOS sensors
   T04N5/3745: . . . . . having additional components embedded within a pixel or connected to a group of pixels within a sensor matrix, e.g. memories, A/D converters, pixel amplifiers, shared circuits or shared components
   T04N5/3745A: . . . . . . comprising additional storage means
   T04N5/3745B: . . . . . . comprising A/D, V/T, V/F, I/T or I/F converters
   T04N5/3745C: . . . . . . comprising amplifiers shared between a plurality of pixels, e.g. at least one part of the amplifier has to be on the sensor array itself
   T04N5/374A: . . . . . comprising control or output lines sharing a plurality of functions, e.g. output or driving or reset or power lines
   T04N5/374B: . . . . . Details of transfer or readout registers; split readout registers and multiple readout registers
   T04N5/374C: . . . . . using TDI registers
   T04N5/376: . . . . Adressing circuits
   T04N5/376A: . . . . . Timing or clock signal generating circuits
   T04N5/378: . . . . Readout circuits, e.g. correlated double sampling [CDS] circuits, output amplifiers or A/D converters
   T04N5/38: Transmitter circuitry
   T04N5/40: . . Modulation circuits
   T04N5/42: . . for transmitting at will black-and-white or colour signals
   T04N5/44: Receiver circuitry
   T04N5/445: . . for displaying additional information
   T04N5/445C: . . . Circuit details of the additional information generator, e.g. details of the character or graphics signal generator, overlay mixing circuits
   T04N5/445D: . . . multiplexed with a digital video signal
   T04N5/445F: . . . for displaying or controlling a single function of one single apparatus, e.g. TV receiver or VCR
   T04N5/445F2: . . . . for displaying or controlling status parameters of the television receiver, e.g. brightness, contrast, sound volume, channel number, time, stereo or mono sound modes
   T04N5/445F3: . . . . for displaying information which has no relation with a video programme, e.g. subliminal info, commercial messages, notebook, calendar, cooking recipes
   T04N5/445F4: . . . . for displaying subtitles
   T04N5/445F6: . . . . for displaying teletext characters
   T04N5/445F8: . . . . for displaying information generated by a single external video device, e.g. VCR, set top converter
   T04N5/445F9: . . . . involving multilingual on screen display (OSD) options
   T04N5/445M: . . . Menu-type displays
   T04N5/445M2: . . . . for scheduling the TV programmes to be recorded by a video tape recorder or to be viewed on the TV receiver
   T04N5/445M2T: . . . . . involving the use of teletext programme scheduling codes, e.g. VPS codes, G-codes
   T04N5/445M3: . . . . for programme selection
   T04N5/445M4: . . . . as a user interface for communicating with the broadcast station via a return link, e.g. for subscription or transaction terminal, for teleshopping, or as an interactive entertainment terminal, e.g. for quiz, for interactive games
   T04N5/445M4D: . . . . . the menu or graphical user interface display parameters being downloaded by the service provider or by the broadcast station
   T04N5/445M4P: . . . . . whereby user selections, preferences, or profile have an impact on the menu content
   T04N5/445M6: . . . . for using the television receiver as a multimedia terminal
   T04N5/445M6B: . . . . . involving the communication via a network, e.g. local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), internet, intranet
   T04N5/445R: . . . the additional information being controlled by a remote control apparatus
   T04N5/445R2: . . . . whereby remote controller buttons have been transferred to the on screen display (OSD) menu
   T04N5/445W: . . . the additional information being displayed in a separate window, e.g. by using splitscreen display
   T04N5/445W2: . . . . the separate window being opened at the occurence of a selection of a menu option or item
   T04N5/44N: . . for the reception of a digital modulated video signal
   T04N5/44R: . . User interfaces for controlling a television receiver or set top box through a remote control device, e.g. graphical user interface (GUI); remote control devices therefor [N0611
   T04N5/44R2: . . . Hardware details of remote control devices [N0611
   T04N5/44R2B: . . . . concerning bidirectional operation of the remote control device
   T04N5/44R2D: . . . . Display
   T04N5/44R2D2: . . . . . for the display of non-command information, e.g. electronic program guide (EPG), e-mail, messages or a second television channel
   T04N5/44R2F: . . . . Dedicated function buttons, e.g. for the control of an electronic program guide (EPG), subtitles, aspect ratio, picture-in-picture or teletext
   T04N5/44R2F2: . . . . . for controlling a communication function, e.g. e-mail, teleshopping or an Internet browser
   T04N5/44R2K: . . . . Keyboard
   T04N5/44R2K2: . . . . . Data entry
   T04N5/44R2K2A: . . . . . . Alphanumerical data entry
   T04N5/44R2K2M: . . . . . . Measuring key press duration
   T04N5/44R2M: . . . . Remote control device emulator integrated in a peripheral device
   T04N5/44R2N: . . . . Remote control device emulator integrated into a non-television apparatus, e.g. a PDA, media center or smart toy (remote control device for a television receiver integrated into a mobile phone H04M1/725F1B2)
   T04N5/44R2P: . . . . Transmission circuitry, e.g. infrared (IR) or radio frequency (RF)
   T04N5/44R2S: . . . . Non-standard components, e.g. timer, speaker, sensors for detecting position, direction or movement of the remote control, microphone, battery charging device
   T04N5/44R2T: . . . . Touch pad or touch panel
   T04N5/44R2V: . . . . Remote control devices equipped or combined with PC-like input means, e.g. voice recognition or pointing device
   T04N5/44R2W: . . . . for the control of devices in remote rooms
   T04N5/44R4: . . . Reprogrammable remote control devices
   T04N5/44R4F: . . . . capable of upgrading firmware, e.g. in case of hardware upgrades or bug fixes
   T04N5/44R4K: . . . . the keys being reprogrammable, e.g. soft keys
   T04N5/44R4K2: . . . . . the reprogrammable keys being displayed on a display screen in order to reduce the number of keys on the remote control device itself
   T04N5/44R6: . . . Remote control devices for a multi-user environment
   T04N5/44R8: . . . Intelligent remote control devices capable of taking into account user habits, preferences or profiles
   T04N5/44T: . . IF amplifier circuits specially adapted for B&W TV
   T04N5/44U: . . for frame-grabbing
   T04N5/45: . . . Picture in picture
   T04N5/455: . . Demodulation-circuits
   T04N5/46: . . for receiving on more than one standard at will
   T04N5/50: . . Tuning indicators; Automatic tuning control
   T04N5/50B: . . . Invisible or silent tuning
   T04N5/52: . . Automatic gain control
   T04N5/53: . . . Keyed automatic gain control
   T04N5/54: . . . for positively-modulated picture signals
   T04N5/56: . . . for negatively-modulated picture signals
   T04N5/57: . . Control of contrast or brightness
   T04N5/58: . . . in dependence upon ambient light
   T04N5/59: . . . in dependence upon beam current of cathode ray tube
   T04N5/60: . . for the sound signals
   T04N5/60N: . . . for digital sound signals
   T04N5/60N2: . . . . according to the NICAM system
   T04N5/60S: . . . for more than one sound signal
   T04N5/62: . . . Intercarrier circuits, i.e. heterodyning sound and vision carriers
   T04N5/63: Generation or supply of power specially adapted for television receivers
   T04N5/64: Constructional details of receivers
   T04N5/645: . . Mounting of picture tube on chassis or in housing
   T04N5/64S: . . Disposition of sound reproducers
   T04N5/65: . . Holding-devices for protective discs or for picture masks
   T04N5/655: . . Construction or mounting of chassis
   T04N5/66: Transforming electric information into light information
   T04N5/68: . . Circuit details for cathode-ray display tubes
   T04N5/70: . . Circuit details for electroluminescent devices
   T04N5/72: Modifying the appearance of television pictures by optical filters or diffusing screens
   T04N5/74: Projection arrangements for image reproduction, e.g. using eidophor
   T04N5/74D: . . Direct viewing projectors, e.g. an image displayed on a video CRT or LCD display being projected on a screen
   T04N5/74M: . . involving the use of a spatial light modulator, e.g. a light valve, controlled by a video signal
   T04N5/74M2: . . . the modulator being a dielectric deformable layer controlled by an electron beam, e.g. eidophor projector
   T04N5/74M2C: . . . . Control circuits therefor
   T04N5/74M4: . . . the modulator being an array of liquid crystal cells
   T04N5/74M4C: . . . . Control circuits therefor
   T04N5/74M6: . . . the modulator being an array of deformable mirrors, e.g. digital micromirror device (DMD)
   T04N5/74M6C: . . . . Control circuits therefor
   T04N5/74P: . . Constructional details of television projection apparatus
   T04N5/74P3: . . . for colour television
   T04N5/74P5: . . . for multi-screen projection
   T04N5/74P7: . . . of head mounted projectors
   T04N5/76: Television signal recording
   T04N5/765: . . Interface circuits between an apparatus for recording and another apparatus
   T04N5/76B: . . on discs or drums
   T04N5/77: . . . between a recording apparatus and a television camera
   T04N5/775: . . . between a recording apparatus and a television receiver
   T04N5/775B: . . . . the recorder being connected to, or coupled with, the antenna of the television receiver
   T04N5/77B: . . . . the recording apparatus and the television camera being placed in the same enclosure
   T04N5/78: . . using magnetic recording
   T04N5/781: . . . on discs or drums
   T04N5/782: . . . on tape
   T04N5/7822: . . . . with stationary magnetic heads
   T04N5/7824: . . . . with rotating magnetic heads
   T04N5/7826: . . . . . involving helical scanning of the magnetic tape
   T04N5/7826B: . . . . . . for recording on tracks inclined relative to the direction of movement of the tape
   T04N5/7826B2: . . . . . . . using more than one track for the recording of one television field or frame, i.e. segmented recording
   T04N5/7828: . . . . . involving transversal scanning of the magnetic tape
   T04N5/782B: . . . . Recording using a special track configuration, e.g. crossing, overlapping
   T04N5/782D: . . . . involving recording in different depths of the magnetic tape
   T04N5/783: . . . . Adaptations for reproducing at a rate different from the recording rate
   T04N5/784: . . . on a sheet
   T04N5/78C: . . . Recording or playback not using inductive heads, e.g. magneto-optical, thermomagnetic, magnetostrictive, galvanomagnetic
   T04N5/80: . . using electrostatic recording
   T04N5/80B: . . . on discs or drums
   T04N5/82: . . . using deformable thermoplastic recording medium
   T04N5/83: . . . . on discs or drums
   T04N5/84: . . using optical recording
   T04N5/84F: . . . on film
   T04N5/84F2: . . . . the film moving intermittently
   T04N5/85: . . . on discs or drums
   T04N5/87: . . . Producing a motion picture film from a television signal
   T04N5/89: . . using holographic recording
   T04N5/90: . . . on discs or drums
   T04N5/903: . . using variable electrical capacitive recording
   T04N5/907: . . using static stores, e.g. storage tubes, semiconductor memories
   T04N5/91: . . Television signal processing therefor
   T04N5/911: . . . for the suppression of noise
   T04N5/913: . . . for scrambling; for copy protection
   T04N5/913A: . . . . by adding a copy protection signal to the video signal
   T04N5/913A10: . . . . . by superimposing the spectrally spread copy protection signal onto the video signal
   T04N5/913A2: . . . . . the copy protection signal being a pulse signal inserted in blanking intervals of the video signal, e.g. pseudo-AGC pulses, pseudo-sync pulses
   T04N5/913A4: . . . . . the copy protection signal being a copy protection control signal, e.g. a record inhibit signal
   T04N5/913A5: . . . . . the copy protection signal being a copy management signal, e.g. a copy generation management signal (CGMS)
   T04N5/913A7: . . . . . the copy protection signal being a watermark
   T04N5/913A8: . . . . . the copy protection signal being an authentication signal
   T04N5/913F: . . . . Methods and arrangements for giving feedback ( e.g. indicating copy protection information) to the users.
   T04N5/913I: . . . . using means for identification of the video signal ( e.g. fingerprint of a video signal to be reproduced, is compared to the fingerprint of the original video signal)
   T04N5/913M: . . . . by modifying the video signal
   T04N5/913M2: . . . . . the video signal being scrambled
   T04N5/913M4: . . . . . the video color burst signal being modified
   T04N5/913M7: . . . . . the video line number being modulated
   T04N5/913M8: . . . . . the video frame number being modulated
   T04N5/913P: . . . . using means for preventing making copies of projected video images
   T04N5/913T: . . . . Methods and arrangements for transforming DRM-protected video content.
   T04N5/913X: . . . . Methods and arrangements for defeating copy protection provisions in video signals.
   T04N5/915: . . . for field- or frame-skip recording or reproducing
   T04N5/915S: . . . . with sound multiplexing
   T04N5/917: . . . for bandwidth reduction
   T04N5/919: . . . . by dividing samples or signal segments, e.g. television lines, among a plurality of recording channels
   T04N5/92: . . . Transformation of the television signal for recording, e.g. modulation, frequency changing; Inverse transformation for playback
   T04N5/921: . . . . by recording or reproducing the baseband signal
   T04N5/923: . . . . using preemphasis of the signal before modulation and deemphasis of the signal after demodulation
   T04N5/926: . . . . by pulse code modulation
   T04N5/926B: . . . . . involving data reduction
   T04N5/926B2: . . . . . . using predictive coding
   T04N5/926B3: . . . . . . using transform coding
   T04N5/926S: . . . . . with processing of the sound signal
   T04N5/926S2: . . . . . . using time division multiplex of the PCM audio and PCM video signals
   T04N5/926S2B: . . . . . . . with insertion of the PCM audio signals in the vertical blanking interval of the PCM video signal
   T04N5/928: . . . . the sound signal being pulse code modulated and recorded in time division multiplex with the modulated video signal
   T04N5/92N: . . . . involving the multiplexing of an additional signal and the video signal
   T04N5/92N2: . . . . . the additional signal being a sound signal
   T04N5/92N2B: . . . . . . using time division multiplex
   T04N5/92N2D: . . . . . . using frequency division multiplex
   T04N5/92N4: . . . . . the additional signal being at least another television signal
   T04N5/92N6: . . . . . the additional signal being a character code signal
   T04N5/92N6B: . . . . . . for teletext
   T04N5/92N6D: . . . . . . involving the use of subcodes
   T04N5/93: . . . Regeneration of the television signal or of selected parts thereof
   T04N5/931: . . . . for restoring the level of the reproduced signal
   T04N5/931F: . . . . . the level control being frequency dependent
   T04N5/932: . . . . Regeneration of analogue synchronisation signals
   T04N5/935: . . . . Regeneration of digital synchronisation signals
   T04N5/937: . . . . by assembling picture element blocks in an intermediate store
   T04N5/93M: . . . . involving the mixing of the reproduced video signal with a non-recorded signal, e.g. a text signal
   T04N5/94: . . . . Signal drop-out compensation
   T04N5/945: . . . . . for signals recorded by pulse code modulation
   T04N5/95: . . . . Time-base error compensation
   T04N5/953: . . . . . by using an analogue memory, the delay of which is controlled by a voltage controlled oscillator
   T04N5/956: . . . . . by using a digital memory with independent write-in and read-out clock generators
   T04N7/00: Television systems (not used)
   T04N7/00B: Special television systems
   T04N7/00B3: . . using at least one opto-electrical conversion device
   T04N7/00L: Systems with supplementary picture signal insertion during a portion of the active part of a television signal, e.g. during top and bottom lines in a HDTV letter-box system
   T04N7/01: Conversion of standards
   T04N7/015: High-definition television systems
   T04N7/015B: . . using spatial or temporal subsampling
   T04N7/015B2: . . . using pixel blocks
   T04N7/015B2M: . . . . with motion estimation, e.g. involving the use of motion vectors
   T04N7/01A: . . involving the resampling of the incoming video signal
   T04N7/01B: . . using a storage device with different write and read speed
   T04N7/01B2: . . . using beam gun storage
   T04N7/01B4: . . . using magnetic recording
   T04N7/01D: . . involving interpolation processe
   T04N7/01D2: . . . dependent on presence/absence of motion, e.g. of motion zones
   T04N7/01D4: . . . involving the use of motion vector
   T04N7/01F: . . one of the standards corresponding to a cinematograph film standard
   T04N7/01F3: . . . with details on the detection of a particular field or frame pattern in the incoming video signal, e.g. 3:2 pull-down pattern
   T04N7/01G: . . involving conversion of the spatial resolution of the incoming video signal
   T04N7/01G3: . . . Conversion between an interlaced and a progressive signal
   T04N7/01G5: . . . the input and the output signals having different aspect ratios
   T04N7/01H: . . one of the standards being a high definition standard
   T04N7/01P: . . by changing the field or frame frequency of the incoming video signal, e.g. frame rate converter
   T04N7/01P3: . . . the incoming video signal comprising different parts having originally different frame rate, e.g. video and graphics
   T04N7/01P5: . . . the field or frame frequency of the incoming video signal being multiplied by a positive integer, e.g. for flicker reduction
   T04N7/01T: . . involving interpolation processes
   T04N7/01T2: . . . dependent on presence/absence of motion, e.g. of motion zones
   T04N7/01T4: . . . involving the use of motion vectors
   T04N7/01T5: . . . the interpolation being edge adaptive
   T04N7/01T6: . . . the interpolation being class adaptive, i.e. it uses the information of class which is determined for a pixel based upon certain characteristics of the neighbouring pixels
   T04N7/01T7: . . . the interpolation using an indication of film mode or an indication of a specific pattern, e.g. 3:2 pull-down pattern
   T04N7/025: Systems for the transmission of digital non-picture data, e.g. of text during the active part of a television frame
   T04N7/025D: . . Display systems therefor
   T04N7/03: . . Subscription systems therefor
   T04N7/035: . . Circuits for the digital non-picture data signal, e.g. for slicing of the data signal, for regeneration of the data-clock signal, for error detection or correction of the data signal
   T04N7/035C: . . . for regeneration of the clock signal
   T04N7/035D: . . . for discrimination of the binary level of the digital data, e.g. amplitude slicers
   T04N7/035E: . . . for error detection or correction
   T04N7/04: Systems for the transmission of one television signal, i.e. both picture and sound, by a single carrier
   T04N7/045: . . the carrier being frequency modulated
   T04N7/06: Systems for the simultaneous transmission of one television signal, i.e. both picture and sound, by more than one carrier
   T04N7/06B: . . Simultaneous transmission of separate parts of one picture
   T04N7/06C: . . the carriers being allocated to more than one television channel
   T04N7/08: Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division
   T04N7/081: . . the additional information signals being transmitted by means of a subcarrier
   T04N7/083: . . with signal insertion during the vertical and the horizontal blanking interval, e.g. MAC data signals
   T04N7/084: . . with signal insertion during the horizontal blanking interval only
   T04N7/085: . . . the inserted signal being digital
   T04N7/085B: . . . . the signal being time-compressed before its insertion and subsequently decompressed at reception
   T04N7/087: . . with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only
   T04N7/088: . . . the inserted signal being digital
   T04N7/088A: . . . . the signal being time-compressed before its insertion and subsequently decompressed at reception
   T04N7/088B: . . . . for the transmission of character code signals, e.g. for teletext
   T04N7/088D: . . . . for the transmission of additional display-information, e.g. menu for programme or channel selection
   T04N7/088D2: . . . . . for the transmission of subtitles
   T04N7/088P: . . . . for the transmission of programme or channel identifying signals
   T04N7/088S: . . . . Subscription systems therefor
   T04N7/08A: . . using frequency interleaving, e.g. with precision offset
   T04N7/08C: . . the signals being two or more video signals
   T04N7/10: Adaptations for transmission by electric cable
   T04N7/10C: . . Circuits therefor, e.g. noise reducers, equalisers, amplifiers
   T04N7/10C2: . . . Switchers or splitters
   T04N7/10H: . . for domestic distribution
   T04N7/10W: . . the cable being constituted by a pair of wires
   T04N7/12: Systems in which the television signal is transmitted via one channel or a plurality of parallel channels, the bandwidth of each channel being less than the bandwidth of the television signal
   T04N7/12C: . . involving expansion and subsequent compression of a signal segment, e.g. a frame, a line
   T04N7/12C2: . . . the signal segment being a picture element
   T04N7/12D: . . Systems in which different parts of the picture signal frequency band are individually processed, e.g. suppressed, transposed
   T04N7/14: Systems for two-way working
   T04N7/14A: . . between two video terminals, e.g. videophone
   T04N7/14A2: . . . Constructional details of the terminal equipment, e.g. arrangements of the camera and the display
   T04N7/14A2B: . . . . the camera and display being on the same optical axis, e.g. optically multiplexing the camera and display for eye-to-eye contact
   T04N7/14A2H: . . . . Handheld terminals
   T04N7/14A3: . . . Communication arrangements, e.g. identifying the communication as a video-communication, intermediate storage of the signals
   T04N7/14A4: . . . Interfacing a video terminal to a particular transmission medium, e.g. ISDN
   T04N7/15: . . Conference systems
   T04N7/15M: . . . Multipoint control units therefore
   T04N7/15S: . . . [N: involving storage of or access to video conference sessions (tracking arrangements for later retrieval of a computer conference content or participants activities H04L12/18D4) ]
   T04N7/15V: . . . Videoconference systems defining a virtual space and using avatars or agents
   T04N7/16: Secrecy systems; Subscription systems
   T04N7/167: . . Systems rendering the television signal unintelligible and subsequently intelligible
   T04N7/167D: . . . Providing digital key or authorisation information for generation or regeneration of the scrambling sequence
   T04N7/169: . . . Systems operating in the time domain of the television signal
   T04N7/169B: . . . . by displacing synchronisation signals relative to active signals or vice versa
   T04N7/169C: . . . . by changing or reversing the order of active picture signal portions
   T04N7/16C: . . involving client side resources
   T04N7/16C10: . . . involving a filtering action of the broadcast stream
   T04N7/16C10H: . . . . based on the hardware profile of the client
   T04N7/16C10P: . . . . based on the viewer profile
   T04N7/16D: . . Constructional details of the subscriber equipment H04N7/16E2B takes precedence; coin-freed and like apparatus in general G07F
   T04N7/16E: . . Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing
   T04N7/16E2: . . . by receiver means only
   T04N7/16E2B: . . . . Coin-freed apparatus
   T04N7/16E3: . . . Centralised control of user terminal subsequent to an upstream request signal H04N7/173C; Registering at central by two-way working H04N7/173B
   T04N7/16F: . . Passage/non-passage of the television signal, e.g. jamming, band suppression scrambling and descrambling H04N7/167
   T04N7/16S: . . involving server side resources
   T04N7/16S10: . . . involving video content, e.g. movies
   T04N7/16S20: . . . involving program information service
   T04N7/16S20C: . . . . Compilation of program information from different sources
   T04N7/16S25: . . . involving resource linking information
   T04N7/16S25H: . . . . link between programs and non program information
   T04N7/16S25P: . . . . link between programs
   T04N7/16S30: . . . involving advertisement service
   T04N7/16S40: . . . involving executable application service
   T04N7/16S40L: . . . . the application consisting of interlinked modules
   T04N7/16S50: . . . involving customer management database
   T04N7/16S50B: . . . . Billing, account management therefore
   T04N7/16S50P: . . . . Viewing profile, based on viewing preferences
   T04N7/16S80: . . . involving an external server, being not part of the television system
   T04N7/16S80B: . . . . involving a bank server for financial transactions
   T04N7/16S80N: . . . . involving internet access
   T04N7/16T: . . involving client server transactions
   T04N7/16T10: . . . involving caching operations
   T04N7/16T10C: . . . . on client side
   T04N7/16T10N: . . . . on the network
   T04N7/16T10S: . . . . on the server side
   T04N7/171: . . . Systems operating in the amplitude domain of the television signal
   T04N7/171B: . . . . by modifying synchronisation signals
   T04N7/171C: . . . . by inverting the polarity of active picture signal portions
   T04N7/173: . . with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal (not used)
   T04N7/173B: . . . Transmission or handling of upstream communications
   T04N7/173B2: . . . . Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests
   T04N7/173B3: . . . . with deferred transmission or handling of upstream communications
   T04N7/173B4: . . . . Handling of requests in head-ends
   T04N7/173C: . . . Control of the passage of the selected programme
   T04N7/173C2: . . . . in an intermediate station common to a plurality of user terminals
   T04N7/173C3: . . . . at or near the user terminal
   T04N7/173P: . . . the upstream transmission being initiated or timed by a signal from upstream of the user terminal
   T04N7/173Q: . . . the upstream transmission being initiated by the user terminal
   T04N7/173S: . . . the upstream communication being transmitted via a separate link, e.g. telephone line
   T04N7/18: Closed circuit television systems, i.e. systems in which the signal is not broadcast television transmission of measured quantities G01D5/39; intruder alarm or detection by television surveillance G08B13/196, G08B15/00B
   T04N7/18C: . . for receiving images from a plurality of remote sources
   T04N7/18D: . . for receiving images from a single remote source
   T04N7/18D2: . . . from a mobile camera, e.g. for remote control
   T04N7/18D3: . . . Video door telephones
   T04N7/18E: . . Capturing isolated or intermittent images triggered by the occurrence of a predetermined event, e.g. an object reaching a predetermined position signal generation from motion picture films H04N5/253
   T04N7/20: Adaptations for transmission via a GHz frequency band, e.g. via satellite
   T04N7/22: Adaptations for optical transmission
   T04N7/24: Systems for the transmission of television signals using pulse code modulation
   T04N7/24C: . . Bitstream control arrangements
   T04N7/24T: . . Bitstream transport arrangements
   T04N7/26: . . using bandwidth reduction
   T04N7/26A: . . . [N: Adaptive or control aspects therefor]
   T04N7/26A10: . . . . Methods, elements or tools for adaptive control
   T04N7/26A10L: . . . . . Lagrangian method
   T04N7/26A10S: . . . . . Side information
   T04N7/26A10T: . . . . . Iterative methods
   T04N7/26A10T2: . . . . . . Two pass methods
   T04N7/26A4: . . . . Controlled element or parameter
   T04N7/26A4B: . . . . . Predictor
   T04N7/26A4C: . . . . . [N: Coding or prediction mode selection (H04N7/26A4Z takes precedence)]
   T04N7/26A4C1: . . . . . . [N: Intra coding, e.g. selection among a plurality of spatially predictive coding modes]
   T04N7/26A4C2: . . . . . . [N: Refresh, i.e. intra-coding mode decision, e.g. at macroblock or picture level]
   T04N7/26A4C3: . . . . . . [N:Inter coding, i.e. selection among a plurality od temporally predictive coding modes]
   T04N7/26A4C4: . . . . . . Picture structure, e.g. interlaced/progressive
   T04N7/26A4C6: . . . . . . [N: Group-of-pictures (GOP) structure (H04N7/26A4C2 takes precedence)]
   T04N7/26A4E: . . . . . Target code amount
   T04N7/26A4F: . . . . . [N: Filtering, e.g. for pre- or post-processing (subband or wavelet filter banks H04N7/26H30C1D)]
   T04N7/26A4G: . . . . . Grid, i.e. regular pattern of elementary coding units in a picture, e.g. block grid
   T04N7/26A4K: . . . . . Encoder, i.e. selection among a plurality of heterogeneous encoders
   T04N7/26A4P: . . . . . [N: Encoding parameters processing, e.g. initialization, alteration, compression (H04N7/26M4, H04N7/26M6 and subgroups take precedence)]
   T04N7/26A4Q: . . . . . Quantiser
   T04N7/26A4Q2: . . . . . . [N: Details of quantisation, normalisation or weighting functions, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers, weighting matrices]
   T04N7/26A4R: . . . . . Resource allocation
   T04N7/26A4S: . . . . . Transform coefficients scan, e.g. zig-zag scan
   T04N7/26A4T: . . . . . [N: Transformer, e.g. 8x8 or 2x4x8 DCT, selection among a plurality of different transform operations]
   T04N7/26A4V: . . . . . Variable length coding (VLC) or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding
   T04N7/26A4Z: . . . . . [N: Skipping or zeroing of coding units, e.g. adaptive decimation, frame skipping, transform coefficient masking]
   T04N7/26A6: . . . . Controlling element, parameter or criteria
   T04N7/26A6C: . . . . . Input video signal characteristics
   T04N7/26A6C2: . . . . . . [N: Complexity, e.g. activity, edges (H04N7/26A6E takes precedence)]
   T04N7/26A6C4: . . . . . . Motion, e.g. field or frame difference
   T04N7/26A6C4C: . . . . . . . using motion vectors
   T04N7/26A6C6: . . . . . . Scene cut scene cut detection in conjunction with bandwidth reduction H04N7/26P8
   T04N7/26A6C8: . . . . . . Chrominance
   T04N7/26A6D: . . . . . Rate distortion criteria
   T04N7/26A6E: . . . . . [N: Data rate or code amount]
   T04N7/26A6E2: . . . . . . using a combination of feedforward and feedback control
   T04N7/26A6E4: . . . . . . using feedforward control
   T04N7/26A6E4E: . . . . . . . based on model-estimated code amount
   T04N7/26A6E4G: . . . . . . . based on off-line generated code amount
   T04N7/26A6E6: . . . . . . Feedback control, i.e. control using output code amount, e.g. buffer fullness
   T04N7/26A6E6S: . . . . . . . Single-pass constant bit rate (CBR) encoding
   T04N7/26A6Q: . . . . . Visual quality
   T04N7/26A6R: . . . . . Resource availability
   T04N7/26A6S: . . . . . Coding mode
   T04N7/26A6S2: . . . . . . Picture or macroblock type, e.g. I,P,B
   T04N7/26A6S4: . . . . . . Picture structure, e.g. interlaced/progressive
   T04N7/26A6U: . . . . . User input
   T04N7/26A6W: . . . . . Receiver or channel
   T04N7/26A6W2: . . . . . . Transmission errors
   T04N7/26A8: . . . . Unit of control, i.e. structural or semantic portion of the video signal being the object of the control
   T04N7/26A8B: . . . . . Block or macroblock
   T04N7/26A8C: . . . . . Transform coefficient
   T04N7/26A8E: . . . . . [N: Pixel]
   T04N7/26A8G: . . . . . Group-of-pictures (GOP)
   T04N7/26A8L: . . . . . [N: Slice, e.g. line of blocks, group of blocks (H04N7/26A8B takes precedence)]
   T04N7/26A8P: . . . . . Picture
   T04N7/26A8R: . . . . . [N: Image region, e.g. region of interest (ROI), object (H04N7/26A8B, H04N7/26A8L take precedence)]
   T04N7/26A8S: . . . . . Scene or shot scene cut detection in conjunction with bandwidth reduction H04N7/26P8
   T04N7/26A8T: . . . . . Bit
   T04N7/26A8U: . . . . . Chrominance
   T04N7/26A8Y: . . . . . Layer
   T04N7/26C: . . . Compressed domain processing H04N7/26M2T takes precedence
   T04N7/26D: . . . Decoder-specific arrangements
   T04N7/26D2: . . . . for compensating inverse transform mismatch, e.g. IDCT mismatch discrete orthonormal transforms G06F17/14M
   T04N7/26E: . . . involving separate coding of different picture components; Subsequent decoding
   T04N7/26E10: . . . . involving the insertion of extra data, e.g. in the video data, in the coding parameters or by modification of said video data or parameters arrangements for embedding at bitstream level H04N7/24E
   T04N7/26E2: . . . . involving separate coding of the error signal, i.e. the difference between the original picture and the locally reconstructed one H04N7/26H takes precedence
   T04N7/26E4: . . . . involving arrangements for adaptive allocation of coded information to different channels
   T04N7/26E6: . . . . involving multi-layer decomposition H04N7/26H takes precedence Subsequent reconstruction
   T04N7/26E8: . . . . involving a plurality of video object planes
   T04N7/26F: . . . [N: Filtering (H04N7/26P4 takes precedence)]
   T04N7/26F2: . . . . [N: in a prediction loop]
   T04N7/26H: . . . involving sub-band coding
   T04N7/26H30: . . . . of a single individual image, e.g. in `intra` mode only
   T04N7/26H30A: . . . . . in more than two frequency dimensions
   T04N7/26H30B: . . . . . of arbitrarily shaped image segments
   T04N7/26H30C: . . . . . with grouping into blocks
   T04N7/26H30C1: . . . . . . Controlled element
   T04N7/26H30C1B: . . . . . . . Subband structure, e.g. number of subbands
   T04N7/26H30C1D: . . . . . . . Filter type or filtering coefficients
   T04N7/26H30C1K: . . . . . . . Error protection, detection or correction
   T04N7/26H30C1S: . . . . . . . Scan or transmission order of coefficients or bitplanes
   T04N7/26H30C1S3: . . . . . . . . Switching of direction, e.g. horizontal, diagonal, vertical
   T04N7/26H30C2: . . . . . . Unit of control
   T04N7/26H30C2B: . . . . . . . relating to sub-band structure
   T04N7/26H30C2B6: . . . . . . . . Hierarchical level (7/26H30E5A, 7/26H50E5A take precedence)
   T04N7/26H30C2B8: . . . . . . . . Directional tree, e.g. low-high (LH), high-low (HL), high-high (HH)
   T04N7/26H30C2J: . . . . . . . Object or region
   T04N7/26H30C3: . . . . . . Element used for control
   T04N7/26H30C3R: . . . . . . . Position or location within image, e.g. center or periphery of picture
   T04N7/26H30C3V: . . . . . . . involving user interaction or information input by receiving side television systems with two-way working H04N7/173
   T04N7/26H30D: . . . . . with details relating to the sub-band filter data processing equipment for wavelet transforms G06F17/14W; bandwidth reduction for documents of or the like by decomposition into components H04N1/41C4
   T04N7/26H30D1: . . . . . . concerning filter definition
   T04N7/26H30D2: . . . . . . concerning filter implementation
   T04N7/26H30E: . . . . . with at least one adaptive element
   T04N7/26H30E2: . . . . . . involving variable length coding
   T04N7/26H30E4: . . . . . . involving normalisation or quantising
   T04N7/26H30E5: . . . . . . involving a bit-rate or bit-amount target
   T04N7/26H30E5A: . . . . . . . with adaptive target allocation among the components
   T04N7/26H30F: . . . . . using inter-band prediction
   T04N7/26H30F1: . . . . . . Intraband
   T04N7/26H30F2: . . . . . . Interband
   T04N7/26H30H: . . . . . involving the arranging of coefficients or bits, e.g. for scalability or progressive transmission
   T04N7/26H30H1: . . . . . . involving scan according to levels, e.g. breadth-first
   T04N7/26H30H2: . . . . . . involving scan according to trees, e.g. depth-first
   T04N7/26H30H6: . . . . . . Coding of bitplanes or significance, e.g. zerotree
   T04N7/26H30K: . . . . . involving error protection, detection or correction
   T04N7/26H30M: . . . . . suited to a bitstream syntax
   T04N7/26H30Q: . . . . . with grouping into blocks
   T04N7/26H50: . . . . in combination with temporal predictive coding, e.g. in `inter` mode
   T04N7/26H50A: . . . . . with motion compensated temporal filtering
   T04N7/26H50E: . . . . . with at least one adaptive element
   T04N7/26H50E2: . . . . . . involving variable length coding
   T04N7/26H50E4: . . . . . . involving normalisation or quantising
   T04N7/26H50E5: . . . . . . involving a bit-rate or bit-amount target
   T04N7/26H50E5A: . . . . . . . with adaptive target allocation among the components
   T04N7/26H50F: . . . . . using inter-band prediction
   T04N7/26H50M: . . . . . suited to an interframe bitstream syntax
   T04N7/26H50T: . . . . . using sub-band domain temporal integration
   T04N7/26J: . . . involving video objects
   T04N7/26J10: . . . . involving both synthetic and natural picture components, e.g. synthetic natural hybrid coding (SNHC)
   T04N7/26J14: . . . . Scalability, e.g. involving base and at least one enhancement video object layers (VOL)
   T04N7/26J14S: . . . . . Spatial scalability
   T04N7/26J14T: . . . . . Temporal scalability, e.g. layered VOP frame rate
   T04N7/26J2: . . . . Shape coding therefor contour coding for image data processing or generation in general G06T9/20
   T04N7/26J2A: . . . . . using binary alpha-plane coding, e.g. Context based Arithmetic Encoding (CAE)
   T04N7/26J4: . . . . Model based coding therefor model based coding for image data processing or generation in general G06T9/00F
   T04N7/26J4T: . . . . . using a three-dimensional model
   T04N7/26J6: . . . . coding of regions that are present throughout a whole video segment, e.g. sprites
   T04N7/26J6B: . . . . . of static sprites, e.g. background, mosaic
   T04N7/26J8: . . . . Scene description coding, e.g. binary format for scenes BIFS) compression (command descriptors and the like H04N7/24C; system and interactivity aspects H04N7/173B2
   T04N7/26L: . . . [N: Implementation arrangements, e.g. implementation by hardware of software (H04N7/26H30D2 takes precedence)]
   T04N7/26L2: . . . . Memory arrangements
   T04N7/26L2D: . . . . . Memory downsizing methods
   T04N7/26L2D2: . . . . . . Display on the fly, e.g. simultaneous writing to and reading from decoder memory
   T04N7/26L2D2P: . . . . . . . with 3:2 pulldown
   T04N7/26L2D4: . . . . . . Recompression
   T04N7/26L2D4D: . . . . . . . Decimation
   T04N7/26L4: . . . . Motion estimation and/or compensation hardware
   T04N7/26L4A: . . . . . Data flow inside motion estimator
   T04N7/26L4B: . . . . . Access to external memory
   T04N7/26L6: . . . . [N: Parallel arrangements]
   T04N7/26M: . . . Motion estimation therefor H04N7/26L4 takes precedence, picture signal circuitry for movement estimation for video frequency region H04N5/14M; Processing of motion vectors for bandwidth reduction purposes Analysis of motion G06T7/20
   T04N7/26M2: . . . . Methods
   T04N7/26M2G: . . . . . Global motion vector estimation
   T04N7/26M2H: . . . . . Multiresolution or hierarchical method
   T04N7/26M2M: . . . . . Multistep search method, e.g. 3-step, 2D-log, One-at-a-Time Search (OTS)
   T04N7/26M2N: . . . . . Non block-based processing
   T04N7/26M2N2: . . . . . . [N: using feature points or meshes]
   T04N7/26M2N4: . . . . . . using regions
   T04N7/26M2N4C: . . . . . . . Contour motion estimation
   T04N7/26M2S: . . . . . Sub-pixel accuracy
   T04N7/26M2T: . . . . . Transform domain motion estimation
   T04N7/26M4: . . . . Details
   T04N7/26M4C: . . . . . Spatially constrained motion estimation, e.g. at image or region borders
   T04N7/26M4D: . . . . . Dealing with occlusions
   T04N7/26M4E: . . . . . Early exit, i.e. stopping a systematic computation based on a certain criteria, e.g. error magnitude is too large
   T04N7/26M4I: . . . . . Search initialization, i.e. estimating a good candidate to initiate a search
   T04N7/26M4P: . . . . . Padding, i.e. filling non-object values in an arbitrary shaped block for motion estimation purposes
   T04N7/26M4R: . . . . . Rate-distortion criteria
   T04N7/26M4V: . . . . . Variable search window size or shape
   T04N7/26M6: . . . . Processing of motion vectors
   T04N7/26M6E: . . . . . Encoding
   T04N7/26M6E2: . . . . . . Predictive encoding
   T04N7/26N: . . . involving subsampling at the transmitter and restitution of the omitted samples by interpolation
   T04N7/26P: . . . involving preprocessing or postprocessing therefor
   T04N7/26P36: . . . . involving motion
   T04N7/26P36D: . . . . . Devices for motion estimation
   T04N7/26P36D1: . . . . . . Dataflow techniques
   T04N7/26P36D2: . . . . . . Memory access techniques
   T04N7/26P4: . . . . involving reduction of coding artifacts, e.g. of blockiness
   T04N7/26P6: . . . . involving cinematographic video sequences, e.g. sequences originated from film and converted to video through 3:2 pulldown
   T04N7/26P8: . . . . involving scene cut detection in conjunction with bandwidth reduction circuitry for scene change detection H04N5/14S
   T04N7/26S: . . . Standard related documents
   T04N7/26S1: . . . . Normative references, e.g. working documents of standardisation bodies like ISO/IEC, ITU-T, SMPTE in the domain of digital image and video coding
   T04N7/26S2: . . . . Illustrative references, e.g. overviews, reviews
   T04N7/26T: . . . Transcoding therefor, i.e. conversion of video data, coding parameters, syntax or the like in order to realise interoperability between different video coding standards Transcoding for telecommunication protocol H04L29/06 ; Transcoding for mobile radio systems H04Q7/30C; Conversion of standards for analog television, e.g. PAL, SECAM or NTSC H04N7/01; Reformatting video signals for video conference systems H04N7/15M; Multimodal adaptation H04N7/24C14; Distillation of HTML documents for optimising th visualization of content G06F17/30W9V; File format conversion G06F17/30B2
   T04N7/26Y: . . . [N: Syntax aspects, e.g. source coding bistream syntax (syntax aspects related to a packetised or transport video stream H04N7/24, H04N7/52 or subgroups)]
   T04N7/26Z: . . . Specific techniques not provided for in other subgroups of H04N7/26 (not used)
   T04N7/26Z10: . . . . involving N-Tree coding, e.g. quadtree, octree
   T04N7/26Z12: . . . . [N: involving run length coding]
   T04N7/26Z14: . . . . [N: involving matching pursuit]
   T04N7/26Z16: . . . . [N: involving fractal coding]
   T04N7/26Z2: . . . . [N: Adaptive dynamic range coding (ADRC)]
   T04N7/26Z4: . . . . involving both PCM encoding and DPCM encoding
   T04N7/26Z6: . . . . using a dither signal
   T04N7/26Z8: . . . . using noise or error feedback, e.g. quantisation noise feedback
   T04N7/28: . . . using vector coding
   T04N7/30: . . . involving transform coding
   T04N7/30A: . . . . transforming in more than two dimensions
   T04N7/30B: . . . . of arbitrarily shaped image segments
   T04N7/30E: . . . . involving the use of at least one adaptive element, e.g. Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) coding
   T04N7/30E10: . . . . . Adaptive scanning order of DCT coefficients, e.g. alternate scanning
   T04N7/30E2: . . . . . involving variable length or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding
   T04N7/30E4: . . . . . Quantisation, normalisation or weighting techniques therefor, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers, weighting matrices
   T04N7/30E5: . . . . . the output data rate being minimised down to or below the channel capacity
   T04N7/30E5B: . . . . . . with feedback control only of the data rate, e.g. buffer fullness being used
   T04N7/30E5F: . . . . . . with feedforward control only of the data rate, e.g. information amount estimator or sorter being used
   T04N7/30E5H: . . . . . . with feedforward and feedback control of the data rate
   T04N7/30E5L: . . . . . . with iterative control of the data rate
   T04N7/30E7: . . . . . the output quality being above a minimum
   T04N7/30H: . . . . involving hierarchical transmission of the transform coefficients, e.g. progressive JPEG H04N7/30E10 takes precedence
   T04N7/30K: . . . . involving error detection or error correction
   T04N7/30P: . . . . involving pre-processing of the picture element samples before transform coding or post-processing of the same after transform decoding
   T04N7/30S: . . . . involving zonal sampling
   T04N7/30W: . . . . Intraframe prediction of transform coefficients, e.g. of AC coefficients from DC coefficients
   T04N7/32: . . . involving predictive coding
   T04N7/32B: . . . . at least one coding element being controlled by the buffer fullness
   T04N7/32E: . . . . with an adaptive quantiser characteristic, e.g. controlled by forward or backward adaptation
   T04N7/32K: . . . . with error correction
   T04N7/34: . . . . using spatial prediction H04N7/36 takes precedence
   T04N7/34B: . . . . . by separate coding of pixel blocks
   T04N7/36: . . . . using temporal prediction H04N7/46 takes precedence
   T04N7/36C: . . . . . [N: using motion compensation, e.g. by means of motion vectors (hardware implementations therefor H04N7/26L4)]
   T04N7/36C10: . . . . . . Long-term prediction H04N7/26J6B takes precedence
   T04N7/36C2: . . . . . . Block-based
   T04N7/36C2V: . . . . . . . using overlapping blocks
   T04N7/36C4: . . . . . . with sub-pixel accuracy
   T04N7/36C6: . . . . . . Non block-based
   T04N7/36C8: . . . . . . Multiple frame prediction H04N7/46 takes precedence
   T04N7/36D: . . . . . using motion detection, e.g. with detection of moving zones H04N7/36E takes precedence, movement detection per se H04N5/14M
   T04N7/36D2: . . . . . . involving conditional replenishment
   T04N7/38: . . . . involving delta modulation (not used)
   T04N7/46: . . . . using subsampling at the coder and or sample restitution by interpolation at the coder or decoder
   T04N7/46A: . . . . . with adaptive prediction
   T04N7/46E: . . . . . with motion compensated interpolation, e.g. involving bidirectional frame interpolation, i.e. use of B-pictures
   T04N7/46E6: . . . . . . involving a generalised motion field, e.g. non block-based processing
   T04N7/46S: . . . . . involving spatial subsampling or upsampling; Alteration of picture size or resolution
   T04N7/46T: . . . . . involving temporal subsampling, e.g. frame decimation H04N7/26A4Z takes precedence
   T04N7/46T2: . . . . . . with control of frame rate, skipping or repetition at encoding or decoding side
   T04N7/48: . . . involving pulse code modulation and predictive coding (not used)
   T04N7/50: . . . involving transform and predictive coding, e.g. hybrid coding
   T04N7/50E: . . . . involving the use of at least one adaptive element
   T04N7/50E2: . . . . . involving variable length or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding
   T04N7/50E4: . . . . . Quantisation, normalisation or weighting techniques therefor, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers, weighting matrices
   T04N7/50E5: . . . . . the output data rate being minimised down to or below the channel capacity
   T04N7/50E5B: . . . . . . with feedback control only of the data rate, e.g. buffer fullness being used
   T04N7/50E5F: . . . . . . with feedforward control only of the data rate, e.g. information amount estimator or sorter being used
   T04N7/50E5H: . . . . . . with feedforward and feedback control of the data rate
   T04N7/50E5L: . . . . . . with iterative control of the data rate, e.g. multipass
   T04N7/50E6: . . . . . involving adaptive allocation of the frame type, e.g. adaptive group-of-pictures (GOP) structure
   T04N7/50E8: . . . . . motion adaptive
   T04N7/50M: . . . . multiplexing arrangements therefor, e.g. suited to a video bitstream syntax
   T04N7/50N: . . . . using non-transform coding for certain blocks
   T04N7/50R: . . . . forced updating therefor, e.g. refresh techniques, intra/inter-coding mode selection at macroblock or picture level
   T04N7/50T: . . . . using transform domain integration, i.e. the transform being operated outside the prediction loop
   T04N7/52: . . Systems for transmission of a pulse code modulated video signal with one or more other pulse code modulated signals, i.e. assembling of a system multiplex stream from mono-media streams or disassembling of a system multiplex stream into mono-media streams, e.g. an audio signal, a synchronising signal
   T04N7/54: . . . the signals being synchronous H04N21/236B, H04N21/236W, H04N21/2365, H04N21/2368, H04N21/434A, H04N21/434B, H04N21/434V, H04N21/434W take precedence
   T04N7/56: . . . . Synchronising systems therefor
   T04N7/64: . . Systems for detection or correction of transmission errors
   T04N7/66: . . . using redundant codes
   T04N7/68: . . . using error concealment
   T04N9/00: Details of colour television systems
   T04N9/04: Picture signal generators
   T04N9/04B: . . using solid-state devices
   T04N9/07: . . with one pick-up device only
   T04N9/077: . . . whereby the colour signals are characterised by their phase
   T04N9/083: . . . whereby the colour signals are characterised by their frequency
   T04N9/09: . . with more than one pick-up device
   T04N9/093: . . . Systems for avoiding or correcting misregistration of video signals
   T04N9/097: . . . Optical arrangements associated therewith
   T04N9/10: . . using optical-mechanical scanning means only
   T04N9/11: . . Scanning of colour motion picture films
   T04N9/12: Picture reproducers
   T04N9/14: . . using optical-mechanical scanning means only
   T04N9/16: . . using cathode ray tubes
   T04N9/18: . . . using separate electron beams for the primary colour signals
   T04N9/20: . . . . with more than one beam in a tube
   T04N9/22: . . . using the same beam for more than one primary colour information
   T04N9/24: . . . . using means, integral with, or external to, the tube, for producing signal indicating instantaneous beam position
   T04N9/26: . . . . using electron-optical colour selection means
   T04N9/27: . . . with variable depth of penetration of electron beam into the luminescent layer
   T04N9/28: . . . Arrangements for convergence or focusing
   T04N9/285: . . . . using quadrupole lenses
   T04N9/29: . . . using demagnetisation or compensation of external magnetic fields
   T04N9/30: using solid-state colour display devices
   T04N9/31: . . Projection devices for colour picture display
   T04N9/31A: . . . using two-dimensional electronic spatial light modulators micromechanical modulators as such G02B26/08M4; liquid crystal modulators as such G02F1/13
   T04N9/31A1: . . . . [N: for displaying all colours simultaneously, e.g. by using two or more electronic spatial light modulators (simultaneous projection in colour photography G03B33/10; beam splitting or combining systems per se G02B27/10)]
   T04N9/31A1S: . . . . . [N: by using a single electronic spatial light modulator]
   T04N9/31A3: . . . . [N: for displaying the colours sequentially, e.g. by using sequentially activated light sources (sequential projection in colour photography G03B33/08)]
   T04N9/31A3S: . . . . . [N: by using a sequential colour filter producing one colour at a time]
   T04N9/31A3T: . . . . . [N: by using a sequential colour filter producing two or more colours simultaneously, e.g. by creating scrolling colour bands]
   T04N9/31A5: . . . . [N: Driving therefor (driving of electronic spatial light modulators in displays other than projection devices G09G3/34, G09G3/36; control of liquid crystal elements G02F1/133; control of micromechanical modulators G02B26/08)]
   T04N9/31A5P: . . . . . [N: using pulse width modulation]
   T04N9/31A5S: . . . . . [N: for spatial light modulators in series]
   T04N9/31B: . . . [N: scanning a light beam on the display screen (scanning a light beam on a screen in displays other than projection devices G09G3/02; scanning systems in general G02B26/10; projectors using laser light sources in general H04N9/31R5L)]
   T04N9/31B1: . . . . [N: using one-dimensional electronic spatial light modulators]
   T04N9/31B3: . . . . [N: Driving therefor]
   T04N9/31C: . . . [N: using arrays of modulated light sources (electroluminescent display devices G09G3/30)]
   T04N9/31L: . . . using laser beams scanning the display screen
   T04N9/31R: . . . [N: Constructional details thereof (details not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/14)]
   T04N9/31R1: . . . . [N: Cooling systems (cooling of liquid crystal cells in general G02F1/133T; cooling of projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/16)]
   T04N9/31R3: . . . . [N: Multi-projection systems (displays in general H04N9/12; video walls G06F3/14C6, S09G206/04)]
   T04N9/31R5: . . . . [N: Modulator illumination systems (general applications of lighting devices F21V; general optical systems G02B; lamp houses for projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/20)]
   T04N9/31R5B: . . . . . [N: for shaping the light beam (beam shaping per se G02B27/09)]
   T04N9/31R5C: . . . . . [N: for controlling the light source (light source control per se H05B37/00, H05B41/00; control of an illumination source for displays in general G09G3/34B)]
   T04N9/31R5F: . . . . . [N: for controlling the spectrum]
   T04N9/31R5L: . . . . . [N: using laser light sources (using laser beams scanning the display screen H04N9/31B)]
   T04N9/31R5M: . . . . . [N: using multiple light sources]
   T04N9/31R5P: . . . . . [N: for polarizing the light beam (polarizing optical systems per se G02B27/28)]
   T04N9/31R7: . . . . [N: Convergence or focusing systems (electronic adjustment of convergence H04N9/31S3; convergence or focusing arrangements for cathode ray tubes H04N9/28; means for automatic focusing of projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/53)]
   T04N9/31R9: . . . . [N: wherein the projection device is specially adapted for enhanced portability]
   T04N9/31R9P: . . . . . [N: wherein the projection device is incorporated in a camera (details of cameras adapted for combination with a projector not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B17/54)]
   T04N9/31S: . . . [N: Video signal processing therefor]
   T04N9/31S1: . . . . [N: Colour adjustment, e.g. white balance, shading or gamut (white balance per se H04N9/73; control of amplitude of colour signals H04N9/68; colour control circuits for displays in general G09G5/02, G09G3/20C, G09G3/36B)]
   T04N9/31S3: . . . . [N: Geometric adjustment, e.g. keystone or convergence (optical or mechanical adjustment of convergence H04N9/31R7; using scanning means H04N3/22; optical or mechanical adjustments of projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/14)]
   T04N9/31S5: . . . . [N: Scale or resolution adjustment (scaling in general G06T3/40; resolution modifying circuits for displays in general G09G5/391)]
   T04N9/31T: . . . [N: Testing thereof (testing of displays in general G09G3/00E)]
   T04N9/31T1: . . . . [N: including sensor feedback]
   T04N9/31V: . . . using light modulating optical valves
   T04N9/43: Conversion of monochrome picture signals to colour picture signals for colour picture display
   T04N9/44: Colour synchronisation
   T04N9/45: . . Generation or recovery of colour sub-carriers
   T04N9/455: . . Generation of colour burst signals; Insertion of colour burst signals in colour picture signals or separation of colour burst signals from colour picture signals
   T04N9/465: . . Synchronisation of the PAL-switch
   T04N9/47: . . for sequential signals
   T04N9/475: . . for mutually locking different synchronisation sources
   T04N9/64: Circuits for processing colour signals
   T04N9/64A: . . Multi-purpose receivers
   T04N9/64B: . . Multi-standard receivers
   T04N9/64C: . . Hue control means
   T04N9/64D: . . Beam current control means
   T04N9/64E: . . for image enhancement
   T04N9/64M: . . I.F amplifiers
   T04N9/64V: . . Video amplifiers
   T04N9/65: . . for synchronous modulators
   T04N9/66: . . for synchronous demodulators
   T04N9/67: . . for matrixing
   T04N9/68: . . for controlling the amplitude of colour signals
   T04N9/69: . . . for modifying the colour signals by gamma correction
   T04N9/70: . . for colour killing
   T04N9/71: . . . combined with colour gain control
   T04N9/72: . . for reinsertion of dc and slowly varying components of colour signal
   T04N9/73: . . colour balance circuits, colour temperature control
   T04N9/73B: . . . for picture signal generators
   T04N9/74: . . for obtaining special effects
   T04N9/75: . . . Chroma key
   T04N9/76: . . . for mixing of colour signals
   T04N9/77: Circuits for processing the brightness signal and the chrominance signal relative to each other
   T04N9/78: . . for separating the brightness signal or the chrominance signal from the colour television signal
   T04N9/79: Processing of colour television signals in connection with recording
   T04N9/793: . . for controlling the level of the chrominance signal
   T04N9/793F: . . . the level control being frequency-dependent
   T04N9/793F2: . . . . by using a preemphasis network at the recording side and a deemphasis network at the reproducing side
   T04N9/797: . . for recording the signal in a plurality of channels, the bandwidth of each channel being less than the bandwidth of the signal
   T04N9/797D: . . . by dividing the luminance or colour component signal samples or frequency bands among a plurality of recording channels
   T04N9/797F: . . . by spectrum folding of the high frequency components of the luminance signal
   T04N9/79D: . . using intermediate digital signal processing
   T04N9/79E: . . Suppression of interfering signals at the reproducing side, e.g. noise, beat signals, cross-talk signals
   T04N9/79E2: . . . the interfering signals being intermodulation signals
   T04N9/79E4: . . . the interfering signals being cross-talk signals
   T04N9/79M: . . for more than one processing mode
   T04N9/79M2: . . . for more than one standard
   T04N9/80: . . Transformation of the television signal for recording, e.g. modulation, frequency changing; Inverse transformation for playback
   T04N9/802: . . . involving processing of the sound signal
   T04N9/804: . . . involving pulse code modulation of the colour picture signal components
   T04N9/804B: . . . . involving data reduction
   T04N9/804B2: . . . . . using predictive coding
   T04N9/804B3: . . . . . using transform coding
   T04N9/806: . . . . with processing of the sound signal
   T04N9/806S: . . . . . using time division multiplex of the PCM audio and PCM video signals
   T04N9/806S2: . . . . . . with insertion of the PCM audio signals in the vertical blanking interval of the PCM video signal
   T04N9/808: . . . involving pulse code modulation of the composite colour video-signal
   T04N9/808B: . . . . involving data reduction
   T04N9/808B2: . . . . . using predictive coding
   T04N9/808B3: . . . . . using transform coding
   T04N9/808S: . . . . with processing of the sound signal
   T04N9/808S2: . . . . . using time division multiplex of the PCM audio and PCM video signals
   T04N9/808S2B: . . . . . . with insertion of the PCM audio signals in the vertical blanking interval of the PCM video signal
   T04N9/81: . . . the individual colour picture signal components being recorded sequentially only
   T04N9/82: . . . the individual colour picture signal components being recorded simultaneously only
   T04N9/825: . . . . the luminance and chrominance signals being recorded in separate channels
   T04N9/825S: . . . . . with sound processing
   T04N9/82N: . . . . involving the multiplexing of an additional signal and the colour video signal
   T04N9/82N2: . . . . . the additional signal being a sound signal
   T04N9/82N2B: . . . . . . using time division multiplex
   T04N9/82N2D: . . . . . . using frequency division multiplex
   T04N9/82N4: . . . . . the additional signal being at least another television signal
   T04N9/82N6: . . . . . the additional signal being a character code signal
   T04N9/82N6B: . . . . . . for teletext
   T04N9/82N6D: . . . . . . involving the use of subcodes
   T04N9/83: . . . . the recorded chrominance signal occupying a frequency band under the frequency band of the recorded brightness signal
   T04N9/835: . . . . . involving processing of the sound signal
   T04N9/835M: . . . . . . the sound carriers being frequency multiplexed between the luminance carrier and the chrominance carrier
   T04N9/83D: . . . . . using intermediate digital signal processing
   T04N9/83H: . . . . . using an increased bandwidth for the luminance or the chrominance signal
   T04N9/83H2: . . . . . . with selection of the conventional or the increased bandwidth signal, e.g. VHS or SVHS signal selection
   T04N9/84: . . . . . the recorded signal showing a feature, which is different in adjacent track parts, e.g. different phase or frequency
   T04N9/85: . . . . the recorded brightness signal occupying a frequency band totally overlapping the frequency band of the recorded chrominance signal, e.g. frequency interleaving
   T04N9/86: . . . the individual colour picture signal components being recorded sequentially and simultaneously, e.g. corresponding to SECAM-system
   T04N9/87: . . Regeneration of colour television signals
   T04N9/873: . . . for restoring the colour component sequence of the reproduced chrominance signal
   T04N9/877: . . . by assembling picture element blocks in an intermediate memory
   T04N9/87B: . . . using a demodulator and a remodulator, e.g. for standard conversion
   T04N9/87M: . . . involving the mixing of the reproduced video signal with a non-recorded signal, e.g. a text signal
   T04N9/87R: . . . Regeneration of a colour reference signal, e.g. the colour synchronisation burst signal, the chrominance signal carrier
   T04N9/88: . . . Signal drop-out compensation
   T04N9/882: . . . . the signal being a composite colour television signal
   T04N9/885: . . . . . using a digital intermediate memory
   T04N9/888: . . . . for signals recorded by pulse code modulation
   T04N9/89: . . . Time-base error compensation
   T04N9/893: . . . . using an analogue memory, the delay of which is controlled by a voltage controlled oscillator
   T04N9/896: . . . . using a digital memory with independent write-in and read-out clock generators
   T04N9/898: . . . using frequency multiplication of the reproduced colour signal carrier with another auxiliary reproduced signal
   T04N11/00: Colour television systems
   T04N11/00H: High definition systems
   T04N11/00H2: . . involving two-channel transmission
   T04N11/00H4: . . involving bandwidth reduction, e.g. subsampling
   T04N11/00H6: . . with transmission of the extra information by means of quadrature modulation
   T04N11/02: with bandwidth reduction
   T04N11/04: using pulse code modulation
   T04N11/04B: . . Codec means
   T04N11/04B1: . . . involving transform coding
   T04N11/04B2: . . . DPCM
   T04N11/04B3: . . . Sub-Nyquist sampling
   T04N11/06: Transmission systems characterised by the manner in which the individual colour picture signal components are combined
   T04N11/08: . . using sequential signals only
   T04N11/10: . . . in which colour signals are inserted in the blanking interval of brightness signal
   T04N11/12: . . using simultaneous signals only
   T04N11/14: . . . in which one signal, modulated in phase and amplitude, conveys colour information and a second signal conveys brightness information
   T04N11/14B: . . . . Encoding means therefor
   T04N11/14C: . . . . Decoding means therefor
   T04N11/16: . . . . the chrominance signal alternating in phase, e.g. PAL-system
   T04N11/16B: . . . . . Encoding means therefor
   T04N11/16C: . . . . . Decoding means therefor
   T04N11/16P: . . . . . a resolution increasing signal being multiplexed to the PAL-system signal, e.g. PAL-PLUS-system
   T04N11/18: . . using simultaneous and sequential signals
   T04N11/18B: . . . Encoding means therefor
   T04N11/18C: . . . Decoding means therefor
   T04N11/20: . . Conversion of the manner in which the individual colour picture signal components are combined
   T04N11/22: . . . in which simultaneous signals are converted into sequential signals or vice versa
   T04N13/00: Stereoscopic or multiview television systems; Details thereof
   T04N13/00P: Stereoscopic image signal coding, multiplexing, processing, recording or transmission
   T04N13/00P1: . . Processing stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00P11: . . Encoding, multiplexing or demultiplexing different image signal components in stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00P13: . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/00P15: . . Recording or reproducing stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00P17: . . Transmission of stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00P19: . . the image signal comprising non-image signal components, e.g. metadata, headers, format information or subtitles
   T04N13/00P19M: . . . metadata
   T04N13/00P19S: . . . subtitles or other OSD information, e.g. menu
   T04N13/00P1A: . . . Transformation of stereoscopic image signals corresponding to virtual viewpoints, e.g. spatial image interpolation
   T04N13/00P1A1: . . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking with look around effect
   T04N13/00P1B: . . . Improving the 3D impression of a displayed stereoscopic image, e.g. with filtering or addition of monoscopic depth cues
   T04N13/00P1D: . . . Aspects relating to depth adjustment or processing of "2D+depth" or "3D+depth" pictures
   T04N13/00P1E: . . . Equalizing the characteristics of different image components in stereoscopic images, e.g. average brightness or colour balance
   T04N13/00P1F: . . . Format conversion of stereoscopic images, e.g. frame-rate or size
   T04N13/00P1R: . . . Aspects relating to flicker and/or eyestrain reduction
   T04N13/00P3: . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00P5: . . Coding or decoding stereoscopic image signals using bandwidth reduction
   T04N13/00P7: . . Mixing stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00P9: . . Switching stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S: Systems where the three-dimensional effect is obtained by means of at least two 2D image signals from different viewpoint locations representing the interocular distance
   T04N13/00S2: . . Stereoscopic image signal generation
   T04N13/00S2A: . . . using a stereoscopic image camera
   T04N13/00S2A1: . . . . having a single 2D image pickup sensor
   T04N13/00S2A1A: . . . . . using temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated in time
   T04N13/00S2A1B: . . . . . using spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated by different spectral characteristics
   T04N13/00S2A1D: . . . . . using spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints on different parts of the image pickup sensor
   T04N13/00S2A1D0: . . . . . . simultaneously capturing two geometrical viewpoints
   T04N13/00S2A1M: . . . . . using the relative movement between camera and object
   T04N13/00S2A1P: . . . . . having a parallax barrier
   T04N13/00S2A1S: . . . . . having a lenticular screen
   T04N13/00S2A1T: . . . . . having a fly-eye lenticular screen
   T04N13/00S2A1V: . . . . . having a varifocal lens or mirror
   T04N13/00S2A2: . . . . having two 2D image pickup sensors representing the interocular distance
   T04N13/00S2A3: . . . . having more than two 2D image pickup sensors
   T04N13/00S2A7: . . . . Calibration aspects
   T04N13/00S2A8: . . . . having several image pickup sensors with different characteristics other than location or field of view, e.g. different resolution, colour pickup characteristic or additional depth information or, where the image signals of one image pickup sensor are used to control the characteristics of at least one other image pickup sensor
   T04N13/00S2A9: . . . . in combination with an electromagnetic radiation source for illuminating the subject
   T04N13/00S2B: . . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00S2C: . . . with monoscopic to stereoscopic image conversion
   T04N13/00S2L: . . . for generating stereoscopic image signals corresponding to more than two geometrical viewpoints
   T04N13/00S2M: . . . from a 3D object model, e.g. computer generated stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S2M1: . . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking
   T04N13/00S2N: . . . for generating monoscopic and stereoscopic images or mixed monoscopic/stereoscopic images, e.g. monoscopic and stereoscopic image generating modes or a sereoscopic image overlay window in a monoscopic image background
   T04N13/00S2Y: . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/00S4: . . Stereoscopic image displaying
   T04N13/00S4A: . . . using an autostereoscopic display, i.e. viewing by the user without the aid of special glasses
   T04N13/00S4A1: . . . . using a lenticular screen
   T04N13/00S4A1A: . . . . . (not used) using a cylindrical lenticular screen
   T04N13/00S4A2: . . . . using a fly-eye lenticular screen
   T04N13/00S4A2A: . . . . . (not used) using a spherical lenticular screen
   T04N13/00S4A3: . . . . using a parallax barrier, e.g. spatial light modulator
   T04N13/00S4A7: . . . . using an array of controllable light sources or a moving aperture or light source
   T04N13/00S4A9: . . . . using a varifocal lens or mirror
   T04N13/00S4B: . . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00S4C: . . . Calibration aspects
   T04N13/00S4E: . . . using a digital micro mirror device (DMD)
   T04N13/00S4G: . . . for viewing by the user with the aid of special glasses or head mounted displays (HMD), i.e. stereoscopic displaying
   T04N13/00S4G1: . . . . with spectral multiplexing, i.e.simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different spectral characteristics, e.g. anaglyph method or Pullfrich method
   T04N13/00S4G1A: . . . . . (not used) with spectral demultiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images
   T04N13/00S4G3: . . . . with polarisation multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different polarising characteristics
   T04N13/00S4G5: . . . . with spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images on different parts of the display screen and using glasses to optically recombine the stereoscopic image, e.g. with prisms or mirrors
   T04N13/00S4G7: . . . . with temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively displaying left and right images separated in time and using glasses to alternatively block the right and left eye
   T04N13/00S4G9: . . . . with head mounted left-right displays
   T04N13/00S4H: . . . using a half transparent mirror or prism
   T04N13/00S4L: . . . for displaying simultaneously more than two geometrical viewpoints, i.e. look-around effect without observer tracking
   T04N13/00S4M: . . . for displaying monoscopic and stereoscopic images or mixed monoscopic/stereoscopic images, e.g. monoscopic and stereoscopic image displaying modes or a stereoscopic image overlay window in a monoscopic image background
   T04N13/00S4P: . . . using an image projection screen
   T04N13/00S4Q: . . . using a printer to print the stereoscopic image
   T04N13/00S4T: . . . using observer tracking
   T04N13/00S4T1: . . . . for several observers
   T04N13/00S4T11: . . . . for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the observers eyes
   T04N13/00S4T2: . . . . for tracking with variable interoccular distance or rotational head movements around the vertical axes
   T04N13/00S4T3: . . . . for tracking forward-backward translational head movements, i.e. longitudinal movements
   T04N13/00S4T5: . . . . for tracking left-right translational head movements, i.e.lateral movements
   T04N13/00S4T7: . . . . for tracking rotational head movements in a plane parallel to the screen
   T04N13/00S4T9: . . . . for tracking vertical translational head movements
   T04N13/00S4U: . . . alternating rapidly the location of the left-right image components on the display screen
   T04N13/00S4V: . . . using a volumetric display, i.e. systems where the image is built up from picture elements distributed over a volume
   T04N13/00S4V1: . . . . the picture elements emitting light where a pair of light beams intersect in a transparent material
   T04N13/00S4V3: . . . . the volume being generated by a moving, e.g. vibrating or rotating, surface
   T04N13/00S4V5: . . . . with depth sampling, i.e. the volume being constructed from a stack or sequence of 2D image planes
   T04N13/00S4Y: . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/00S6: . . Stereoscopic image signal coding, multiplexing, processing, recording or transmission
   T04N13/00S6B: . . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00S6C: . . . Coding or decoding stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6M: . . . Mixing stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6P: . . . Processing stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6P1: . . . . Transformation of stereoscopic image signals corresponding to virtual viewpoints, e.g. spatial image interpolation
   T04N13/00S6P1V: . . . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking with look around effect
   T04N13/00S6P3: . . . . Improving the 3D impression of a displayed stereoscopic image signal, e.g. with filtering or addition of monoscopic depth cues
   T04N13/00S6P5: . . . . Format conversion of stereoscopic images, e.g. frame-rate, size, ...
   T04N13/00S6P7: . . . . Equalizing the characteristics of different image components in stereoscopic images, e.g. average brightness or colour balance
   T04N13/00S6P7A: . . . . . (not used)(Equalizing the characteristics of different image components in stereoscopic images, e.g. average brightness, colour balance or left/right image alignment)
   T04N13/00S6R: . . . Recording or reproducing stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6S: . . . Switching stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6T: . . . Transmission of stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6U: . . . Multiplexing or demultiplexing different image signal components in stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S6Y: . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/00S8: . . Stereoscopic image analysis
   T04N13/00S8B: . . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00S8D: . . . Depth or disparity estimation from stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S8M: . . . Motion estimation from stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S8O: . . . Determination of areas of overlap in left and right images
   T04N13/00S8P: . . . Synthesising a monoscopic image from stereoscopic images, e.g. synthesising a panoramic or high resolution monoscopic image
   T04N13/00S8S: . . . Image segmentation from stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00S8Y: . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/00V0: . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00X: Stereoscopic image analysis
   T04N13/00X1: . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/00X11: . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/00X3: . . Depth or disparity estimation from stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00X5: . . Motion estimation from stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/00X7: . . Synthesising a monoscopic image signal from stereoscopic images, e.g. synthesising a panoramic or high resolution monoscopic image
   T04N13/00X9: . . Image segmentation from stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/02: Picture signal generators
   T04N13/02A: . . using a stereoscopic image camera
   T04N13/02A1: . . . involving a single 2D image pickup sensor
   T04N13/02A1A: . . . . using temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated in time
   T04N13/02A1B: . . . . using spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated by different spectral characteristics
   T04N13/02A1D: . . . . using spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints on different parts of the image pickup sensor
   T04N13/02A1M: . . . . using the relative movement between camera and object
   T04N13/02A1P: . . . . having a parallax barrier
   T04N13/02A1S: . . . . having a lenticular screen
   T04N13/02A1T: . . . . having a fly-eye lenticular screen
   T04N13/02A1V: . . . . having a varifocal lens or mirror
   T04N13/02A2: . . . having two 2D image pickup sensors representing the interocular distance
   T04N13/02A3: . . . having more than two 2D image pickup sensors
   T04N13/02A7: . . . Calibration aspects relating to the control of a stereoscopic camera (processing of captured images to determine and compensate stereo camera misalignment, e.g. stereo camera calibration G06T7/00C1
   T04N13/02A8: . . . having several image pickup sensors with different characteristics other than location or field of view, e.g. different resolution, colour pickup characteristic or additional depth information or, where the image signals of one image pickup sensor are used to control the characteristics of at least one other image pickup sensor
   T04N13/02A9: . . . in combination with an electromagnetic radiation source for illuminating the subject
   T04N13/02B: . . Colour aspects
   T04N13/02C: . . with monoscopic to stereoscopic image conversion
   T04N13/02C1: . . . using the relative movement of objects in two video frames or fields
   T04N13/02C2: . . . by scanning a film
   T04N13/02D: . . wherein the generated image signal comprises a depth map or a disparity map
   T04N13/02E: . . from a 3D object model, e.g. computer generated stereoscopic image signals
   T04N13/02E1: . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking
   T04N13/02L: . . for generating stereoscopic image signals corresponding to more than two geometrical viewpoints, e.g. multiview systems
   T04N13/02M: . . having a monoscopic mode and a separate stereoscopic mode
   T04N13/02M1: . . . details relating to the switching between said modes
   T04N13/02N: . . generating mixed monoscopic/stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window in a monoscopic image background
   T04N13/02Y: . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N13/04: Picture reproducers
   T04N13/04A: . . using an autostereoscopic display, i.e. viewing by the user without the aid of special glasses
   T04N13/04A1: . . . using a lenticular screen
   T04N13/04A2: . . . using a fly-eye lenticular screen
   T04N13/04A3: . . . using a parallax barrier, e.g. spatial light modulator
   T04N13/04A3A: . . . . the parallax barrier being placed behind the spatial light modulator, e.g. between backlight and SLM
   T04N13/04A3B: . . . . the parallax barrier being time-variant
   T04N13/04A4: . . . with slanted parallax optics
   T04N13/04A7: . . . using an array of controllable light sources or a moving aperture or light source
   T04N13/04A9: . . . using a varifocal lens or mirror
   T04N13/04B: . . [N: Colour aspects
   T04N13/04C: . . Calibration aspects
   T04N13/04D: . . using a digital micro mirror device [DMD]
   T04N13/04G: . . for viewing by the user with the aid of special glasses or head mounted displays [HMD), i.e. stereoscopic displaying (spectacles or goggles insofar as they have the same features as spectacles G02C)]
   T04N13/04G1: . . . with spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different spectral characteristics, e.g. anaglyph method or Pulfrich method
   T04N13/04G3: . . . with polarisation multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different polarising characteristics
   T04N13/04G5: . . . with spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images on different parts of the display screen and using glasses to optically recombine the stereoscopic image, e.g. with prisms or mirrors
   T04N13/04G7: . . . with temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively displaying left and right images separated in time and using glasses to alternatively block the right and left eye
   T04N13/04G9: . . . with head mounted left-right displays
   T04N13/04H: . . using a half transparent mirror or prism
   T04N13/04L: . . for displaying more than two geometrical viewpoints without observer tracking, i.e. multiview displays
   T04N13/04L1: . . . simultaneously
   T04N13/04L2: . . . sequentially
   T04N13/04M: . . having a monoscopic mode and a separate stereoscopic mode
   T04N13/04M1: . . . details of mode switching
   T04N13/04N: . . generating mixed monoscopic or stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window on a monoscopic image background
   T04N13/04P: . . using an image projection screen
   T04N13/04S: . . Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene (not used, see subgroups)
   T04N13/04S1: . . . the images being monoscopic
   T04N13/04S2: . . . the images being stereoscopic or three dimensional
   T04N13/04T: . . using observer tracking
   T04N13/04T1: . . . for several observers
   T04N13/04T11: . . . for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the observers eyes
   T04N13/04T2: . . . for tracking with variable interocular distance or rotational head movements around the vertical axes
   T04N13/04T3: . . . for tracking forward-backward translational head movements, i.e. longitudinal movements
   T04N13/04T5: . . . for tracking left-right translational head movements, i.e. lateral movements
   T04N13/04T7: . . . for tracking rotational head movements in a plane parallel to the screen
   T04N13/04T9: . . . for tracking vertical translational head movements
   T04N13/04U: . . alternating rapidly the location of the left-right image components on the display screen
   T04N13/04V: . . Volumetric display, i.e. systems where the image is built up from picture elements distributed over a volume
   T04N13/04V1: . . . the picture elements emitting light where a pair of light beams intersect in a transparent material
   T04N13/04V3: . . . the volume being generated by a moving, e.g. vibrating or rotating, surface
   T04N13/04V5: . . . with depth sampling, i.e. the volume being constructed from a stack or sequence of 2D image planes
   T04N13/04Y: . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects
   T04N17/00: Diagnosis, testing or measuring for television systems or their details
   T04N17/00C: for television cameras
   T04N17/00C1: . . For testing the image sensor itself (e.g. by injecting charges)
   T04N17/00N: for digital television system
   T04N17/00P: for television projector system
   T04N17/00S: for television sound
   T04N17/00T: for television teletext
   T04N17/02: for colour television signals
   T04N17/04: for receivers
   T04N17/04B: . . Self-contained testing apparatus
   T04N17/06: for recorders
   T04N19/00: Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
   T04N19/00A: [N: using adaptive coding]
   T04N19/00A1: . . [N: characterised by an element, parameter or selection affected, i.e. controlled, by the adaptive coding]
   T04N19/00A1C: . . . [N: Coding or prediction mode selection]
   T04N19/00A1C1: . . . . [N: Selection of the reference unit for prediction within a chosen coding or prediction mode, e.g. weighted prediction or adaptive choice of position and number of pixels used for prediction]
   T04N19/00A1C2: . . . . [N: between spatial and temporal predictive coding, e.g. picture refresh or intra-inter mode decision]
   T04N19/00A1C3: . . . . [N: among a plurality of temporal predictive coding modes]
   T04N19/00A1C4: . . . . [N: among a plurality of spatial predictive coding modes]
   T04N19/00A1C5: . . . . [N: suitable for a given display mode, e.g. for interlaced or progressive display mode]
   T04N19/00A1C6: . . . . [N: Structure of a group-of-pictures [GOP], e.g. number of B-frames between two anchor frames (H04N19/00A1C2 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00A1E: . . . [N: Code volume assigned before coding to a coding unit]
   T04N19/00A1F: . . . [N: Filter, e.g. for pre- or post-processing (sub-band filter banks H04N19/00Q4A)]
   T04N19/00A1G: . . . [N: Selection of the subdivision of a picture into coding blocks, e.g. having a rectangular or non-rectangular shape]
   T04N19/00A1K: . . . [N: Selection from a plurality of transforms or standards, e.g. selection between discrete cosine transform [DCT] and subband or selection between H.263 and H.264]
   T04N19/00A1K1: . . . . [N: Selection of transform size, e.g. 8x8 or 2x4x8 DCT, or subband transforms of varying structure or type]
   T04N19/00A1Q: . . . [N: Quantisation]
   T04N19/00A1Q1: . . . . [N: characterized by details about quantisation, normalisation or weighting functions, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers or weighting matrices]
   T04N19/00A1R: . . . [N: Prioritisation of hardware or computational resources]
   T04N19/00A1S: . . . [N: Scanning of coding units, e.g. zig-zag scan of transform coefficients]
   T04N19/00A1S1: . . . . [N: using flexible macroblock ordering [FMO]]
   T04N19/00A1V: . . . [N: Adaptive entropy coding, e.g. adaptive variable length coding, Huffman or arithmetic coding]
   T04N19/00A1Z: . . . [N: Sampling, masking or truncation of coding units, e.g. adaptive resampling, frame skipping, frame interpolation or high frequency transform coefficient masking]
   T04N19/00A2: . . [N: characterised by an element, parameter or criterion affecting, i.e. controlling, the adaptive coding]
   T04N19/00A2C: . . . [N: Incoming video signal characteristics or properties]
   T04N19/00A2C1: . . . . [N: Measure of motion inside a coding unit, e.g. average field, frame or block difference]
   T04N19/00A2C1A: . . . . . [N: using motion vectors]
   T04N19/00A2C2: . . . . [N: Measure of coding unit complexity, e.g. activity measure or edge presence estimation (H04N19/00A2E takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00A2D: . . . [N: Detection of scene cut or change]
   T04N19/00A2E: . . . [N: Data rate or code amount at the encoder output]
   T04N19/00A2E1: . . . . [N: related to rate-distortion (rate-distortion as a criterion for motion estimation H04N19/00P1M12)]
   T04N19/00A2E2: . . . . [N: with estimation of the code amount by means of a model, e.g. mathematical model or statistical model]
   T04N19/00A2E3: . . . . [N: with measurement and check of actual compressed data size at the memory before deciding storage at the transmission buffer]
   T04N19/00A2E4: . . . . [N: with measurement of buffer fullness]
   T04N19/00A2Q: . . . [N: Objective or estimated subjective visual quality after decoding, e.g. measurement of distortion (use of rate-distortion criteria H04N19/00A2E1)]
   T04N19/00A2R: . . . [N: Availability of hardware or computational resources, e.g. encoding based on power-saving criteria]
   T04N19/00A2S: . . . [N: Assigned coding mode, i.e. the coding mode is predefined or preselected to be further used for selection of another element or parameter]
   T04N19/00A2S1: . . . . [N: Prediction type, e.g. intra, inter or bidirectional]
   T04N19/00A2S2: . . . . [N: suitable for a given display mode, e.g. for interlaced or progressive display mode]
   T04N19/00A2U: . . . [N: User input]
   T04N19/00A2W: . . . [N: Feedback from the receiver or from the transmission channel]
   T04N19/00A2W1: . . . . [N: Measure of transmission errors, e.g. bit-error-rate [BER]]
   T04N19/00A2Z: . . . [N: Position within a video image, e.g. region of interest [ROI]]
   T04N19/00A3: . . [N: characterised by the structural or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive control during the coding, i.e. the coding unit (H04N19/00A1, H04N19/00A2 take precedence)]
   T04N19/00A3A: . . . [N: the unit being an image region, e.g. object]
   T04N19/00A3A1: . . . . [N: where the region is a picture, frame or field]
   T04N19/00A3A2: . . . . [N: where the region is a slice, e.g. line of blocks or group of blocks]
   T04N19/00A3A4: . . . . [N: where the region is a block or a macroblock]
   T04N19/00A3B: . . . [N: the unit being a group-of-pictures [GOP]]
   T04N19/00A3C: . . . [N: the unit being a scene or shot]
   T04N19/00A3D: . . . [N: the unit being a set of transform coefficients]
   T04N19/00A3E: . . . [N: the unit being a pixel, e.g. luminance value]
   T04N19/00A3F: . . . [N: the unit being bits, e.g. of the compressed video stream]
   T04N19/00A3H: . . . [N: the unit being a colour or chrominance component]
   T04N19/00A3K: . . . [N: the unit being a scalable video layer]
   T04N19/00A3P: . . . [N: the unit being a video data packet, e.g. a network abstraction layer [NAL] unit]
   T04N19/00A3S: . . . [N: the unit relating to sub-band structure, e.g. hierarchical level, directional tree, e.g. low-high [LH], high-low [HL], high-high [HH]]
   T04N19/00A3V: . . . [N: the unit being a variable length codeword]
   T04N19/00A4: . . [N: characterised by a formulation applied to the adaptation, e.g. adaptation method or type]
   T04N19/00A4L: . . . [N: using Lagrange multiplier based optimisation]
   T04N19/00A4N: . . . [N: the formulation being iterative or recursive]
   T04N19/00A4N1: . . . . [N: involving two passes]
   T04N19/00A4P: . . . [N: adapted to the computation of encoding parameters, e.g. by averaging previously computed encoding parameters (H04N19/00P1M14 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00A4P1: . . . . [N: including determination of the initial value of an encoding parameter (H04N19/00P1M10 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00A4P2: . . . . [N: including smoothing of a sequence of encoding parameters, e.g. by averaging, by choice of the maximum, minimum or median value]
   T04N19/00B: [N: using video object coding]
   T04N19/00B1: . . [N: with binary alpha-plane coding for video objects, e.g. context based arithmetic encoding [CAE]]
   T04N19/00B2: . . [N: with coding of regions that are present throughout a whole video segment, e.g. sprites, background or mosaic]
   T04N19/00B3: . . [N: with scene description coding, e.g. binary format for scenes [BIFS] compression]
   T04N19/00B4: . . [N: involving both synthetic and natural picture components, e.g. synthetic natural hybrid coding [SNHC]]
   T04N19/00B5: . . [N: involving scalability at the object level, e.g. video object layers [VOL]]
   T04N19/00C: [N: using hierarchical techniques, e.g. scalability (H04N19/00Q4 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00C1: . . [N: in the temporal domain]
   T04N19/00C2: . . [N: in the spatial domain]
   T04N19/00C3: . . [N: Scalability techniques involving progressive bit-plane based encoding of enhancement layer, e.g. fine granular scalability [FGS]]
   T04N19/00C4: . . [N: Scalability techniques involving formatting the layers as function of picture distortion after decoding, e.g. signal-to-noise [SNR] scalability]
   T04N19/00C5: . . [N: with arrangements to assign different transmission priorities to video input data or to video coded data]
   T04N19/00C6: . . [N: involving multiple description coding [MDC], i.e. separate layers are structured as independently decodable descriptions of input picture data, e.g. for an input picture sending an I-frame and a P-frame of the same picture]
   T04N19/00C7: . . [N: involving distributed video coding [DVC], e.g. Wyner-Ziv video coding or Slepian-Wolf video coding]
   T04N19/00D: [N: using video transcoding, i.e. partial or full decoding of a coded input stream and re-encoding of the decoded output stream]
   T04N19/00E: [N: characterised by implementation details or hardware specific for video compression or decompression, e.g. dedicated software implementation, memory arrangements, parallel processing or hardware for motion estimation or compensation (H04N 19/00Q4A takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00E1: . . [N: involving memory arrangements (H04N19/00E2A takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00E1A: . . . [N: using memory downsizing methods]
   T04N19/00E1A1: . . . . [N: Display on the fly, e.g. simultaneous writing to and reading from decoding memory]
   T04N19/00E1A2: . . . . [N: Recompression, e.g. by spatial or temporal decimation]
   T04N19/00E2: . . [N: hardware especially adapted for motion estimation or compensation]
   T04N19/00E2A: . . . [N: characterised by techniques for memory access]
   T04N19/00E3: . . [N: using parallelised computational arrangements]
   T04N19/00E4: . . [N: using cascaded computational arrangements for performing a single operation, e.g. filtering]
   T04N19/00F: [N: Decoders specifically adapted therefor, e.g. video decoders which are asymmetric with the encoder]
   T04N19/00F1: . . [N: performing compensation of the inverse transform mismatch, e.g. Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform [IDCT] mismatch]
   T04N19/00G: [N: for transmitting additional information in the video signal during the compression process, e.g. the additional information being encoding parameters (H04N19/00P1M14E, H04N19/00R3, H04N19/00S take precedence)]
   T04N19/00G1: . . [N: by compressing encoding parameters before transmission]
   T04N19/00G2: . . [N: characterised by embedding the information to be invisible]
   T04N19/00H: [N: using compressed domain processing techniques other than decoding, e.g. modification of transform coefficients, of VLC data or of run-length data (motion estimation in a transform domain H04N19/00P1M6; Processing of decoded motion vectors H04N19/00P1M14)]
   T04N19/00P: [N: using predictive coding (H04N19/00Q1 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00P1: . . [N: involving temporal prediction]
   T04N19/00P1D: . . . [N: using conditional replenishment]
   T04N19/00P1M: . . . [N: Motion estimation or compensation therefor]
   T04N19/00P1M1: . . . . [N: Global motion vector estimation]
   T04N19/00P1M10: . . . . [N: Motion estimation with initialization of the vector search, e.g. estimating a good candidate to initiate a search]
   T04N19/00P1M11: . . . . [N: Motion estimation with padding, i.e. filling non-object values in an arbitrary shaped picture block or region for estimation purposes]
   T04N19/00P1M12: . . . . [N: Motion estimation based on rate-distortion criteria]
   T04N19/00P1M13: . . . . [N: Motion estimation characterised by having a search window with variable size or shape]
   T04N19/00P1M14: . . . . [N: Processing of motion vectors, e.g. details on the further processing of determined or generated motion vectors]
   T04N19/00P1M14E: . . . . . [N: by encoding]
   T04N19/00P1M14E1: . . . . . . [N: the encoding being predictive]
   T04N19/00P1M14R: . . . . . [N: for estimating the reliability of the determined motion vectors or motion vector field, e.g. for smoothing the motion vector field or for correcting motion vectors]
   T04N19/00P1M15: . . . . [N: Motion compensation with overlapping blocks]
   T04N19/00P1M16: . . . . [N: with multiple frame prediction using more than one reference frame in a given prediction direction]
   T04N19/00P1M17: . . . . [N: with bidirectional frame interpolation, i.e. use of B-pictures]
   T04N19/00P1M18: . . . . [N: with long-term prediction, i.e. the reference frame for a current frame is not the temporally closest one (H04N19/00B2 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00P1M19: . . . . [N: Block-based motion compensation (H04N19/00P1M15 takes precedence)]
   T04N19/00P1M2: . . . . [N: Multiresolution motion estimation]
   T04N19/00P1M20: . . . . [N: Motion compensation with sub-pixel interpolation]
   T04N19/00P1M21: . . . . [N: Non block-based motion compensation]
   T04N19/00P1M3: . . . . [N: Motion estimation using multistep search, e.g. 3-step, 2D-log or one-at-a-time search [OTS]]
   T04N19/00P1M4: . . . . [N: Non block-based motion estimation]
   T04N19/00P1M4P: . . . . . [N: using feature points or meshes]
   T04N19/00P1M4R: . . . . . [N: using regions]
   T04N19/00P1M5: . . . . [N: Motion estimation with sub-pixel accuracy]
   T04N19/00P1M6: . . . . [N: performed in a transform domain]
   T04N19/00P1M7: . . . . [N: Motion estimation with spatial constraints, e.g. at image or region borders]
   T04N19/00P1M8: . . . . [N: Motion estimation dealing with occlusions]
   T04N19/00P1M9: . . . . [N: Motion estimation characterised by stopping computation or iteration based on certain criteria, e.g. error magnitude is too large or early exit]
   T04N19/00P2: . . [N: involving temporal sub-sampling or interpolation, e.g. decimation or subsequent interpolation of pictures in a video sequence]
   T04N19/00P3: . . [N: involving spatial sub-sampling or interpolation, e.g. alteration of picture size or resolution]
   T04N19/00P4: . . [N: involving spatial prediction techniques]
   T04N19/00P5: . . [N: adapted to multi-view video sequence encoding]
   T04N19/00Q: [N: using transform coding]
   T04N19/00Q1: . . [N: in combination with predictive coding]
   T04N19/00Q1A: . . . [N: using motion compensated temporal filtering [MCTF]]
   T04N19/00Q1S: . . . [N: using sub-band intra-band or inter-band prediction]
   T04N19/00Q1T: . . . [N: the transform being operated outside the prediction loop]
   T04N19/00Q2: . . [N: by transforming in more than two frequency dimensions]
   T04N19/00Q3: . . [N: the transform being discrete cosine transform [DCT]]
   T04N19/00Q4: . . [N: the transform being sub-band based, e.g. wavelets]
   T04N19/00Q4A: . . . [N: characterised by filter definition or implementation details]
   T04N19/00Q4B: . . . [N: characterised by ordering of coefficients or bits for transmission]
   T04N19/00Q4B1: . . . . [N: by grouping of coefficients into blocks after the transform]
   T04N19/00Q4B2: . . . . [N: using significance based coding, e.g. Embedded Zerotrees of Wavelets [EZW] or Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees [SPIHT]]
   T04N19/00Q5: . . [N: the transform being applied to non rectangular image segments]
   T04N19/00R: [N: using error resilience, e.g. data partitioning, resync markers or reversible VLC [RVLC]]
   T04N19/00R1: . . [N: involving data partitioning, i.e. separation of data into packets or partitions according to importance]
   T04N19/00R2: . . [N: involving unequal error protection, i.e. providing more protection according to the importance of the data]
   T04N19/00R3: . . [N: involving the insertion of resynchronisation markers into the bitstream]
   T04N19/00R4: . . [N: involving reversible variable length codes]
   T04N19/00S: [N: characterised by syntax aspects related to video coding, e.g. in relation with compression standards]
   T04N19/00T: Details of filtering operation specially adapted to video compression, e.g. for pixel interpolation H04N 19/00Q4A, H04N19/00V1 take precedence
   T04N19/00T1: . . involving filtering within a prediction loop
   T04N19/00V: using pre-processing or post-processing specially adapted to video compression
   T04N19/00V1: . . involving reduction of coding artifacts, e.g. of blockiness
   T04N19/00V1A: . . . with detection of the former encoding block subdivision in decompressed video
   T04N19/00V2: . . involving scene cut or change detection in conjunction with video compression
   T04N19/00V3: . . involving rearrangement of data among different coding units, e.g. shuffling, interleaving, scrambling, permutation of pixel data or permutation of transform coefficient data among different blocks
   T04N19/00V4: . . including methods or arrangements for detection of transmission errors at the decoder
   T04N19/00V4A: . . . in combination with error concealment
   T04N19/00W: using special coding techniques not provided for in groups H04N19/00A - H04N19/00V4A, e.g. vector quantisation, quad-tree, matching pursuit or fractals
   T04N19/00W1: . . for entropy coding, e.g. variable length coding [VLC , arithmetic coding (entropy coding in adaptive coding H04N 19/00A1V)]
   T04N19/00W2: . . involving run-length coding
   T04N19/00W3: . . Vector quantisation
   T04N19/00W4: . . Tree coding, e.g. quad-tree
   T04N19/00W5: . . Matching pursuit coding
   T04N19/00W6: . . Adaptive-dynamic-range coding [ADRC ]
   T04N19/00W7: . . using noise or error feedback, e.g. quantisation noise feedback
   T04N19/00W8: . . involving fractal coding
   T04N21/00: Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television, VOD [Video On Demand]
   T04N21/20: Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
   T04N21/21: . . Server components or server architectures
   T04N21/214: . . . Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital
   T04N21/214B: . . . . [located in a single building, e.g. hotel, hospital or museum ]
   T04N21/214T: . . . . [located in mass transportation means, e.g. aircraft, train or bus ]
   T04N21/218: . . . [Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays ]
   T04N21/2183: . . . . [Cache memory ]
   T04N21/2187: . . . . [Live feed]
   T04N21/218M: . . . . [enabling multiple viewpoints, e.g. using a plurality of cameras]
   T04N21/218R: . . . . [comprising remotely distributed storage units, e.g. when movies are replicated over a plurality of video servers ]
   T04N21/218S: . . . . [comprising local storage units]
   T04N21/218S1: . . . . . [involving memory arrays, e.g. RAID disk arrays ]
   T04N21/218S3: . . . . . [involving removable storage units, e.g. tertiary storage such as magnetic tapes or optical disks]
   T04N21/222: . . . [Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television head-end ]
   T04N21/2225: . . . . local VOD servers
   T04N21/222H: . . . . being a cable television head-end
   T04N21/222P: . . . . being a public access point, e.g. for downloading to or uploading from clients
   T04N21/225: . . . . local VOD servers
   T04N21/226: . . . Characteristics of the server or Internal components of the server
   T04N21/226N: . . . . Server identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number
   T04N21/23: . . Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
   T04N21/231: . . . Content storage operation, e.g. caching movies for short term storage, replicating data over plural servers, prioritizing data for deletion
   T04N21/2312: . . . . Data placement on disk arrays
   T04N21/2315: . . . . . using interleaving
   T04N21/2318: . . . . . using striping
   T04N21/231B: . . . . using load balancing strategies, e.g. by placing or distributing content on different disks, different memories or different servers
   T04N21/231C: . . . . involving caching operations
   T04N21/231D: . . . . by placing content in organized collections, e.g. EPG data repository
   T04N21/231H: . . . . involving housekeeping operations for stored content, e.g. prioritizing content for deletion because of storage space restrictions
   T04N21/231R: . . . . involving data replication, e.g. over plural servers
   T04N21/232: . . . Content retrieval operation locally within server, e.g. reading video streams from disk arrays
   T04N21/232M: . . . . using file mapping
   T04N21/232S: . . . . Scheduling disk or memory reading operations
   T04N21/233: . . . Processing of audio elementary streams
   T04N21/233R: . . . . involving reformatting operations of audio signals, e.g. by converting from one coding standard to another
   T04N21/234: . . . Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing of content streams, manipulating MPEG-4 scene graphs (video encoding or transcoding processes per se H04N 7/26)
   T04N21/2343: . . . . involving reformatting operations of video signals for distribution or compliance with end-user requests or end-user device requirements
   T04N21/2343F: . . . . . by transcoding between formats or standards, e.g. from MPEG-2 to MPEG-4 or from Quicktime to Realvideo
   T04N21/2343J: . . . . . by decomposing into objects, e.g. MPEG-4 objects
   T04N21/2343L: . . . . . by decomposing into layers, e.g. base layer and one or more enhancement layers
   T04N21/2343M: . . . . . by media transcoding, e.g. video is transformed into a slideshow of still pictures or audio is converted into text
   T04N21/2343P: . . . . . the reformatting operation being performed only on part of the stream, e.g. a region of the image or a time segment
   T04N21/2343Q: . . . . . by altering signal-to-noise ratio parameters, e.g. requantization
   T04N21/2343S: . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution, e.g. for clients with a lower screen resolution
   T04N21/2343S1: . . . . . . for performing aspect ratio conversion
   T04N21/2343T: . . . . . by altering the temporal resolution, e.g. decreasing the frame rate by frame skipping
   T04N21/2343V: . . . . . for generating different versions
   T04N21/2347: . . . . involving video stream encryption
   T04N21/2347B: . . . . . by pre-encrypting
   T04N21/2347P: . . . . . by partially encrypting, e.g. encrypting the ending portion of a movie
   T04N21/234B: . . . . involving management of server-side video buffer
   T04N21/234C: . . . . for generating or manipulating the scene composition of objects, e.g. MPEG-4 objects
   T04N21/234D: . . . . involving operations for analysing video streams, e.g. detecting features or characteristics
   T04N21/234S: . . . . involving splicing one content stream with another content stream, e.g. for inserting or substituting an advertisement
   T04N21/235: . . . Processing of additional data, e.g. scrambling of additional data, processing content descriptors
   T04N21/235E: . . . . involving encryption of additional data
   T04N21/235M: . . . . specifically adapted to content descriptors, e.g. coding, compressing or processing of metadata
   T04N21/235R: . . . . involving reformatting operations of additional data, e.g. HTML pages
   T04N21/235R1: . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution
   T04N21/235R2: . . . . . for generating different versions, e.g. for different recipient devices
   T04N21/236: . . . Assembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. transport stream, by combining a video stream with other content or additional data, e.g. inserting a Uniform Resource Locator [URL into a video stream, multiplexing software data into a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream, e.g. to obtain a constant bit-rate; Assembling of a packetized elementary stream ]
   T04N21/2362: . . . . Generation or processing of Service Information [SI]
   T04N21/2365: . . . . Multiplexing of several video streams
   T04N21/2365S: . . . . . Statistical multiplexing, e.g. by controlling the encoder to alter its bitrate to optimize the bandwidth utilization
   T04N21/2368: . . . . Multiplexing of audio and video streams
   T04N21/236B: . . . . Multiplexing isochronously with the video sync, e.g. according to bit-parallel or bit-serial interface formats, as SDI
   T04N21/236P: . . . . Creation or processing of packetized elementary streams [PES ]
   T04N21/236R: . . . . Remultiplexing multiplex streams, e.g. involving modifying time stamps or remapping the packet identifiers
   T04N21/236T: . . . . Insertion of stuffing data into a multiplex stream, e.g. to obtain a constant bitrate
   T04N21/236W: . . . . Multiplexing of additional data and video streams
   T04N21/236W1: . . . . . by inserting additional data into a data carousel, e.g. inserting software modules into a DVB carousel
   T04N21/237: . . . Communication with additional data server
   T04N21/238: . . . Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. adapting the transmission rate of a video stream to network bandwidth; Processing of multiplex streams
   T04N21/2381: . . . . Adapting the multiplex stream to a specific network, e.g. an Internet Protocol [IP network ]
   T04N21/2383: . . . . Channel coding or modulation of digital bit-stream, e.g. QPSK modulation
   T04N21/2385: . . . . Channel allocation
   T04N21/2387: . . . . Stream processing in response to a playback request from an end-user, e.g. for trick-play
   T04N21/2389: . . . . Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream encrypting
   T04N21/2389B: . . . . . involving embedding information at multiplex stream level, e.g. embedding a watermark at packet level
   T04N21/2389E: . . . . . involving multiplex stream encryption
   T04N21/2389E1: . . . . . . by partially encrypting, e.g. encrypting only the ending portion of a movie
   T04N21/238P: . . . . Controlling the feeding rate to the network, e.g. by controlling the video pump
   T04N21/239: . . . Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. prioritizing client content requests
   T04N21/239H: . . . . involving handling client requests
   T04N21/239H1: . . . . . characterized by admission policies
   T04N21/24: . . . Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. monitoring of server load, available bandwidth, upstream requests
   T04N21/241: . . . Operating System [OS processes, e.g. server setup ]
   T04N21/242: . . . Synchronization processes, e.g. processing of Program Clock References [PCR ]
   T04N21/24B: . . . . Monitoring of the client buffer
   T04N21/24D: . . . . Monitoring of the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. bandwidth available
   T04N21/24E: . . . . Monitoring of server processing errors or hardware failure
   T04N21/24L: . . . . Monitoring of the internal components or processes of the server, e.g. server load
   T04N21/24T: . . . . Monitoring of transmitted content, e.g. distribution time, number of downloads
   T04N21/24U: . . . . Monitoring of the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. client requests
   T04N21/25: . . Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
   T04N21/254: . . . Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server
   T04N21/2543: . . . . Billing e.g. for subscription services
   T04N21/2543V: . . . . . involving characteristics of content or additional data, e.g. video resolution or the amount of advertising
   T04N21/2547: . . . . . Third Party Billing, e.g. billing of advertiser
   T04N21/254R: . . . . Rights Management
   T04N21/254S: . . . . for selling goods, e.g. TV shopping
   T04N21/258: . . . Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
   T04N21/258C: . . . . Management of client data
   T04N21/258C1: . . . . . involving client authentication
   T04N21/258C2: . . . . . involving client display capabilities, e.g. screen resolution of a mobile phone
   T04N21/258C3: . . . . . involving client hardware characteristics, e.g. manufacturer, processing or storage capabilities
   T04N21/258C4: . . . . . involving the geographical location of the client
   T04N21/258C5: . . . . . Generation of a revocation list, e.g. of client devices involved in piracy acts
   T04N21/258C6: . . . . . involving client software characteristics, e.g. OS identifier
   T04N21/258U: . . . . Management of end-user data
   T04N21/258U1: . . . . . involving end-user authentication
   T04N21/258U2: . . . . . being end-user demographical data, e.g. age, family status or address
   T04N21/258U3: . . . . . being end-user preferences
   T04N21/25A: . . . Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies
   T04N21/25A1: . . . . Processing of multiple end-users' preferences to derive collaborative data
   T04N21/262: . . . Content or additional data distribution scheduling, e.g. sending additional data at off-peak times, updating software modules, calculating the carousel transmission frequency, delaying a video stream transmission, generating play-lists
   T04N21/262C: . . . . the scheduling operation being performed under constraints
   T04N21/262C1: . . . . . involving the channel capacity, e.g. network bandwidth
   T04N21/262C2: . . . . . involving billing parameters, e.g. priority for subscribers of premium services
   T04N21/262C3: . . . . . involving content or additional data duration or size, e.g. length of a movie, size of an executable file
   T04N21/262C4: . . . . . involving the time of distribution, e.g. the best time of the day for inserting an advertisement or airing a children program
   T04N21/262D: . . . . for delaying content or additional data distribution, e.g. because of an extended sport event
   T04N21/262P: . . . . for generating a list of items to be played back in a given order, e.g. playlist, or scheduling item distribution according to such list
   T04N21/262R: . . . . for determining content or additional data repetition rate, e.g. of a file in a DVB carousel according to its importance
   T04N21/262S: . . . . for distributing content or additional data in a staggered manner, e.g. repeating movies on different channels in a time-staggered manner in a near video on demand system
   T04N21/262T: . . . . for associating distribution time parameters to content, e.g. to generate electronic program guide data
   T04N21/262U: . . . . for providing content or additional data updates, e.g. updating software modules, stored at the client
   T04N21/266: . . . Channel or content management, e.g. generation and management of keys and entitlement messages in a conditional access system, merging a VOD unicast channel into a multicast channel
   T04N21/2662: . . . . Controlling the complexity of the video stream, e.g. by scaling the resolution or bitrate of the video stream based on the client capabilities
   T04N21/2665: . . . . Gathering content from different sources, e.g. Internet and satellite
   T04N21/2668: . . . . Creating a channel for a dedicated end-user group, e.g. insertion of targeted commercials based on end-user profiles
   T04N21/266D: . . . . for automatically generating descriptors from content, e.g. when it is not made available by its provider, using content analysis techniques
   T04N21/266E: . . . . for generating or managing entitlement messages, e.g. Entitlement Control Message [ECM or Entitlement Management Message [EMM] ]
   T04N21/266E1: . . . . . using retrofitting techniques, e.g. by re-encrypting the control words used for pre-encryption
   T04N21/266K: . . . . for generating or managing keys in general
   T04N21/266M: . . . . for merging a unicast channel into a multicast channel, e.g. in a VOD application, when a client served by unicast channel catches up a multicast channel to save bandwidth
   T04N21/27: . . Server based end-user applications
   T04N21/274: . . . Storing end-user multimedia data in response to end-user request , e.g. network recorder
   T04N21/2743: . . . . Video hosting of uploaded data from client
   T04N21/2747: . . . . Remote storage of video programs received via the downstream path, e.g. from the server
   T04N21/278: . . . Content descriptor database or directory service for end-user access
   T04N21/40: Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB; Operations thereof ]
   T04N21/41: . . Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
   T04N21/414: . . . Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance
   T04N21/4143: . . . . embedded in a Personal Computer [PC]]
   T04N21/4147: . . . . Personal Video Recorder [PVR ]
   T04N21/414M: . . . . embedded in a portable device, e.g. video client on a mobile phone, PDA, laptop
   T04N21/414P: . . . . involving a public display, viewable by several users in a public space outside their home, e.g. movie theatre, information kiosk
   T04N21/414T: . . . . located in transportation means, e.g. personal vehicle
   T04N21/418: . . . External card to be used in combination with the client device, e.g. for conditional access
   T04N21/4185: . . . . for payment
   T04N21/418C: . . . . for conditional access
   T04N21/418D: . . . . for identification purposes, e.g. storing user identification data, preferences, personal settings or data
   T04N21/418P: . . . . providing its own processing capabilities, e.g. external module for video decoding
   T04N21/418S: . . . . providing storage capabilities, e.g. memory stick
   T04N21/41P: . . . using peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
   T04N21/41P1: . . . . characterized by an identification number or address, e.g. local network address
   T04N21/41P2: . . . . PC
   T04N21/41P3: . . . . for generating hard copies of the content, e.g. printer, electronic paper
   T04N21/41P4: . . . . additional display device, e.g. video projector
   T04N21/41P5: . . . . portable device, e.g. remote control with a display, PDA, mobile phone
   T04N21/41P6: . . . . home appliance, e.g. lighting, air conditioning system, metering devices
   T04N21/41P7: . . . . external recorder
   T04N21/422: . . . using Input-only peripherals i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices , e.g. Global Positioning System [GPS] (input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer G06F 3/01)
   T04N21/4223: . . . . Cameras (H04N 5/225 takes precedence)
   T04N21/4227: . . . . Providing Remote input by a user located remotely from the client device, e.g. at work
   T04N21/422B: . . . . biosensors, e.g. heat sensor for presence detection, EEG sensors or any limb activity sensors worn by the user
   T04N21/422E: . . . . environmental sensors, e.g. for detecting temperature, luminosity, pressure, earthquakes
   T04N21/422M: . . . . sound input device, e.g. microphone
   T04N21/422R: . . . . User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor
   T04N21/422R2: . . . . . characterized by hardware details
   T04N21/422R2B: . . . . . . Interfaces providing bidirectional communication between remote control devices and client devices
   T04N21/422R2D: . . . . . . Display device provided on the remote control
   T04N21/422R2D2: . . . . . . . for displaying non-command information, e.g. electronic program guide [EPG, e-mail, messages or a second television channel]
   T04N21/422R2F: . . . . . . Dedicated function buttons, e.g. for the control of an EPG, subtitles, aspect ratio, picture-in-picture or teletext
   T04N21/422R2K: . . . . . . Specific keyboard arrangements
   T04N21/422R2K2: . . . . . . . for facilitating data entry
   T04N21/422R2K2A: . . . . . . . . using alphanumerical characters
   T04N21/422R2K2M: . . . . . . . . by measuring the time interval during which a key is pressed, e.g. for inputting sequences of digits when selecting a television channel
   T04N21/422R2K2Q: . . . . . . . . for quick navigation, e.g. through an EPG
   T04N21/422R2K4: . . . . . . . for mapping a matrix of displayed objects on the screen to the numerical key-matrix of the remote control
   T04N21/422R2M: . . . . . . Remote control device emulator integrated in a peripheral device
   T04N21/422R2N: . . . . . . Remote control device emulator integrated into a non-television apparatus, e.g. a PDA, media center or smart toy
   T04N21/422R2P: . . . . . . Transmission circuitry, e.g. infrared [IR or radio frequency [RF]]
   T04N21/422R2S: . . . . . . Additional components integrated in the remote control device, e.g. timer, speaker, sensors for detecting position, direction or movement of the remote control, microphone or battery charging device
   T04N21/422R2T: . . . . . . Touch pad or touch panel provided on the remote control
   T04N21/422R2U: . . . . . . characterized by types of remote control, e.g. universal remote control
   T04N21/422R4: . . . . . Reprogrammable remote control devices
   T04N21/422R4K: . . . . . . the keys being reprogrammable, e.g. soft keys
   T04N21/422R4K2: . . . . . . . the reprogrammable keys being displayed on a display screen in order to reduce the number of keys on the remote control device itself
   T04N21/426: . . . Characteristics of or Internal components of the client (H04N 5/44 takes precedence)
   T04N21/426B: . . . . for processing the incoming bitstream
   T04N21/426B1: . . . . . involving specific demultiplexing arrangements
   T04N21/426B2: . . . . . involving specific decryption arrangements
   T04N21/426B3: . . . . . involving specific tuning arrangements, e.g. two tuners
   T04N21/426B3Y: . . . . . . involving a hybrid front-end, e.g. analog and digital tuners
   T04N21/426D: . . . . for reading from or writing on a non-volatile solid state storage medium, e.g. DVD, CD-ROM
   T04N21/426G: . . . . for processing graphics
   T04N21/426H: . . . . for reading from or writing on a magnetic storage medium, e.g. hard disk drive
   T04N21/426H1: . . . . . the medium being removable
   T04N21/426M: . . . . for modulating an analogue carrier signal to encode digital information or demodulating it to decode digital information, e.g. ADSL or cable modem
   T04N21/426N: . . . . Client identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number, MAC address, socket ID
   T04N21/426V: . . . . for reading from or writing on a volatile storage medium, e.g. Random Access Memory [RAM]
   T04N21/43: . . Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network, synchronizing decoder's clock; Client middleware
   T04N21/431: . . . Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
   T04N21/431L: . . . . involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
   T04N21/431L1: . . . . . for fitting data in a restricted space on the screen, e.g. EPG data in a rectangular grid
   T04N21/431L3: . . . . . for displaying supplemental content in a region of the screen, e.g. an advertisement in a separate window
   T04N21/431M: . . . . by altering the content in the rendering process, e.g. blanking, blurring or masking an image region
   T04N21/432: . . . Content retrieval operation from a local storage medium, e.g. hard-disk
   T04N21/432P: . . . . by playing back content from the storage medium
   T04N21/433: . . . Content storage operation, e.g. storage operation in response to a pause request, caching operations
   T04N21/4335: . . . . Housekeeping operations, e.g. prioritizing content for deletion because of storage space restrictions
   T04N21/433C: . . . . Caching operations, e.g. of an advertisement for later insertion during playback
   T04N21/433D: . . . . by placing content in organized collections, e.g. local EPG data repository
   T04N21/433P: . . . . Processing operations in response to a pause request
   T04N21/433R: . . . . Recording operations
   T04N21/434: . . . Disassembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams, extraction of additional data from a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Extraction or processing of SI; Disassembling of packetized elementary stream
   T04N21/434A: . . . . Demultiplexing of audio and video streams
   T04N21/434B: . . . . Demultiplexing isochronously with video sync, e.g. according to bit-parallel or bit-serial interface formats, as SDI
   T04N21/434P: . . . . Extraction or processing of packetized elementary streams [PES ]
   T04N21/434R: . . . . Remultiplexing of multiplex streams, e.g. by modifying time stamps or remapping the packet identifiers
   T04N21/434S: . . . . Extraction or processing of SI, e.g. extracting service information from an MPEG stream
   T04N21/434T: . . . . involving stuffing data, e.g. packets or bytes
   T04N21/434V: . . . . Demultiplexing of several video streams
   T04N21/434W: . . . . Demultiplexing of additional data and video streams
   T04N21/434W1: . . . . . by extracting from data carousels, e.g. extraction of software modules from a DVB carousel
   T04N21/435: . . . Processing of additional data, e.g. decrypting of additional data, reconstructing software from modules extracted from the transport stream
   T04N21/435B: . . . . involving reassembling additional data, e.g. rebuilding an executable program from recovered modules
   T04N21/435D: . . . . involving decryption of additional data
   T04N21/435R: . . . . involving reformatting operations of additional data, e.g. HTML pages on a television screen
   T04N21/435R1: . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution e.g. to reformat additional data on a handheld device, attached to the STB
   T04N21/435R3: . . . . . for generating different versions, e.g. for different peripheral devices
   T04N21/436: . . . Interfacing a local distribution network, e.g. communicating with another STB, inside the home ; Interfacing an external card to be used in combination with the client device
   T04N21/4363: . . . . Adapting the video or multiplex stream to a specific local network, e.g. a IEEE 1394 or Bluetooth network
   T04N21/4363C: . . . . . involving a wired protocol, e.g. IEEE 1394 or HDMI
   T04N21/4363C1: . . . . . . HDMI
   T04N21/4363W: . . . . . involving a wireless protocol, e.g. Bluetooth or wireless LAN
   T04N21/4367: . . . . Establishing a secure communication between the client and a peripheral device or smart card
   T04N21/436C: . . . . Interfacing a plurality of external cards, e.g. through a DVB Common Interface [DVB-CI]
   T04N21/436H: . . . . Interfacing a Home Network, e.g. for connecting the client to a plurality of peripherals
   T04N21/436R: . . . . Interfacing an external recording device
   T04N21/437: . . . Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. for transmitting client requests to a VOD server
   T04N21/438: . . . Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. retrieving MPEG packets from an IP network
   T04N21/4385: . . . . Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream decrypting
   T04N21/4385D: . . . . . involving multiplex stream decryption
   T04N21/4385D1: . . . . . . by partial decryption, e.g. decrypting a multiplex stream that has been partially encrypted
   T04N21/438D: . . . . Recovering the multiplex stream from a specific network, e.g. recovering MPEG packets from ATM cells
   T04N21/438M: . . . . Demodulation or channel decoding, e.g. QPSK demodulation
   T04N21/438T: . . . . Accessing a communication channel, e.g. channel tuning
   T04N21/438T1: . . . . . involving operations to reduce the access time, e.g. fast-tuning for reducing channel switching latency
   T04N21/439: . . . Processing of audio elementary streams
   T04N21/439B: . . . . involving audio buffer management
   T04N21/439D: . . . . involving operations for analysing the audio stream, e.g. detecting features or characteristics in audio streams
   T04N21/439M: . . . . by muting the audio signal
   T04N21/439R: . . . . involving reformatting operations of audio signals
   T04N21/43S: . . . Content synchronization processes, e.g. decoder synchronization
   T04N21/43S1: . . . . Synchronizing client clock from received content stream, e.g. locking decoder clock with encoder clock, extraction of the PCR packets
   T04N21/43S2: . . . . Synchronizing display of multiple content streams, e.g. synchronisation of audio and video output or enabling or disabling interactive icons for a given period of time
   T04N21/44: . . . Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream, rendering scenes according to MPEG-4 scene graphs
   T04N21/4402: . . . . involving reformatting operations of video signals for household redistribution, storage or real-time display
   T04N21/4402D: . . . . . for formatting on an optical medium, e.g. DVD
   T04N21/4402F: . . . . . by transcoding between formats or standards, e.g. from MPEG-2 to MPEG-4
   T04N21/4402L: . . . . . by decomposing into layers, e.g. base layer and one or more enhancement layers
   T04N21/4402M: . . . . . by media transcoding, e.g. video is transformed into a slideshow of still pictures, audio is converted into text
   T04N21/4402P: . . . . . the reformatting operation being performed only on part of the stream, e.g. a region of the image or a time segment
   T04N21/4402Q: . . . . . by altering signal-to-noise parameters, e.g. requantization
   T04N21/4402S: . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution, e.g. for displaying on a connected PDA
   T04N21/4402S1: . . . . . . for performing aspect ratio conversion
   T04N21/4402T: . . . . . by altering the temporal resolution, e.g. by frame skipping
   T04N21/4402V: . . . . . for generating different versions
   T04N21/4405: . . . . involving video stream decryption
   T04N21/4405P: . . . . . by partially decrypting, e.g. decrypting a video stream that has been partially encrypted
   T04N21/4408: . . . . involving video stream encryption, e.g. re-encrypting a decrypted video stream for redistribution in a home network
   T04N21/441: . . . Acquiring end-user identification
   T04N21/4415: . . . . using biometric characteristics of the user, e.g. by voice recognition or fingerprint scanning
   T04N21/442: . . . Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
   T04N21/4425: . . . . Monitoring of client processing errors or hardware failure
   T04N21/442C: . . . . Monitoring of content usage, e.g. the number of times a movie has been viewed, copied or the amount which has been watched
   T04N21/442D: . . . . Monitoring of downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. bandwidth variations of a wireless network
   T04N21/442E: . . . . Monitoring of end-user related data
   T04N21/442E1: . . . . . Detecting physical presence or behaviour of the user, e.g. using sensors to detect if the user is leaving the room or changes his face expression during a TV program
   T04N21/442E2: . . . . . Monitoring of user selections, e.g. selection of programs, purchase activity
   T04N21/442H: . . . . Monitoring of local network, e.g. connection or bandwidth variations; Detecting new devices in the local network
   T04N21/442L: . . . . Monitoring of peripheral device or external card, e.g. to detect processing problems in a handheld device or the failure of an external recording device
   T04N21/442P: . . . . Monitoring of piracy processes or activities
   T04N21/442S: . . . . Monitoring of the internal components or processes of the client device, e.g. CPU or memory load, processing speed, timer, counter or percentage of the hard disk space used
   T04N21/442U: . . . . Monitoring the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. its availability, bandwidth
   T04N21/443: . . . OS processes, e.g. booting a STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in a STB, power management in a STB
   T04N21/443A: . . . . characterized by the use of Application Program Interface [API libraries]
   T04N21/443B: . . . . Powering on the client, e.g. bootstrap loading using setup parameters being stored locally or received from the server
   T04N21/443H: . . . . Implementing client middleware, e.g. Multimedia Home Platform [MHP]
   T04N21/443M: . . . . Memory management
   T04N21/443P: . . . . Power management, e.g. shutting down unused components of the receiver
   T04N21/443V: . . . . Implementing a Virtual Machine [VM ]
   T04N21/443W: . . . . Window management, e.g. event handling following interaction with the user interface
   T04N21/44B: . . . . involving video buffer management, e.g. video decoder buffer or video display buffer
   T04N21/44D: . . . . involving operations for analysing video streams, e.g. detecting features or characteristics in the video stream
   T04N21/44R: . . . . involving rendering scenes according to scene graphs, e.g. MPEG-4 scene graphs
   T04N21/44S: . . . . involving splicing one content stream with another content stream, e.g. for substituting a video clip
   T04N21/45: . . Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
   T04N21/454: . . . Content or additional data filtering, e.g. blocking advertisements
   T04N21/4545: . . . . Input to filtering algorithms, e.g. filtering a region of the image
   T04N21/4545L: . . . . . applied to an object-based stream, e.g. MPEG-4 streams
   T04N21/4545P: . . . . . applied to a region of the image
   T04N21/4545W: . . . . . applied to a time segment
   T04N21/454B: . . . . Blocking scenes or portions of the received content, e.g. censoring scenes
   T04N21/458: . . . Scheduling content for creating a personalized stream, e.g. by combining a locally stored advertisement with an incoming stream; Updating operations, e.g. for OS modules ; time-related management operations
   T04N21/458C: . . . . Automatically resolving scheduling conflicts, e.g. when a recording by reservation has been programmed for two programs in the same time slot
   T04N21/458U: . . . . Content update operation triggered locally, e.g. by comparing the version of software modules in a DVB carousel to the version stored locally
   T04N21/45M: . . . Management of client or end-user data
   T04N21/45M1: . . . . involving client characteristics, e.g. Set-Top-Box type, software version, amount of memory available
   T04N21/45M2: . . . . involving the geographical location of the client
   T04N21/45M3: . . . . involving end-user characteristics, e.g. viewer profile, preferences
   T04N21/462: . . . Content or additional data management e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities
   T04N21/4623: . . . . Processing of entitlement messages, e.g. Entitlement Control Message [ECM, Entitlement Management Message [EMM] ]
   T04N21/4627: . . . . Rights management associated to the content
   T04N21/462Q: . . . . Controlling the complexity of the content stream or additional data, e.g. lowering the resolution or bit-rate of the video stream for a mobile client with a small screen
   T04N21/462S: . . . . Retrieving content or additional data from different sources, e.g. from a broadcast channel and the Internet
   T04N21/466: . . . Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies
   T04N21/466C: . . . . Deriving a combined profile for a plurality of end-users of the same client, e.g. for family members within a home
   T04N21/466L: . . . . characterized by learning algorithms
   T04N21/466L1: . . . . . involving probabilistic networks, e.g. Bayesian networks
   T04N21/466L2: . . . . . involving classification methods, e.g. Decision trees
   T04N21/466L3: . . . . . using neural networks, e.g. processing the feedback provided by the user
   T04N21/466M: . . . . Processing of monitored end-user data, e.g. trend analysis based on the log file of viewer selections
   T04N21/466R: . . . . for recommending content, e.g. movies
   T04N21/47: . . End-user applications
   T04N21/472: . . . End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
   T04N21/4722: . . . . for requesting additional data associated with the content
   T04N21/4725: . . . . . using interactive regions of the image, e.g. hot spots
   T04N21/4728: . . . . for selecting a Region Of Interest [ROI, e.g. for requesting a higher resolution version of a selected region]
   T04N21/472D: . . . . for requesting content on demand, e.g. video on demand
   T04N21/472E: . . . . for manipulating displayed content, e.g. interacting with MPEG-4 objects, editing locally
   T04N21/472N: . . . . for requesting near-video-on-demand content
   T04N21/472P: . . . . for requesting pay-per-view content (payment schemes payment architectures or payment protocols G06Q20, G07F)
   T04N21/472R: . . . . for content reservation or setting reminders; for requesting event notification, e.g. of sport results or stock market
   T04N21/472V: . . . . for controlling playback functions for recorded or on-demand content, e.g. using progress bars, mode or play-point indicators or bookmarks specific graphical features in visual interfaces H04N21/431L
   T04N21/475: . . . End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN, preference data]
   T04N21/475A: . . . . for defining user accounts, e.g. accounts for children
   T04N21/475D: . . . . for user identification, e.g. by entering a PIN or password
   T04N21/475P: . . . . for defining user preferences, e.g. favourite actors or genre
   T04N21/475R: . . . . for rating content, e.g. scoring a recommended movie
   T04N21/475V: . . . . for providing answers, e.g. voting
   T04N21/478: . . . Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
   T04N21/4782: . . . . Web browsing , e.g. WebTV
   T04N21/4784: . . . . receiving rewards
   T04N21/4786: . . . . e-mailing
   T04N21/4788: . . . . communicating with other users, e.g. chatting
   T04N21/478B: . . . . Electronic banking
   T04N21/478G: . . . . Games
   T04N21/478S: . . . . Electronic shopping
   T04N21/482: . . . End-user interface for program selection
   T04N21/482G: . . . . using a grid, e.g. sorted out by channel and broadcast time
   T04N21/482N: . . . . using a channel name
   T04N21/482P: . . . . using a list of items to be played back in a given order, e.g. playlists
   T04N21/482R: . . . . using recommendation lists, e.g. of programs or channels sorted out according to their score
   T04N21/482S: . . . . for searching program descriptors
   T04N21/485: . . . End-user interface for client configuration
   T04N21/485A: . . . . for modifying audio parameters, e.g. switching between mono and stereo
   T04N21/485D: . . . . for modifying image parameters, e.g. image brightness, contrast
   T04N21/485L: . . . . for language selection, e.g. for the menu or subtitles
   T04N21/485S: . . . . for modifying screen layout parameters, e.g. fonts, size of the windows
   T04N21/488: . . . Data services, e.g. news ticker
   T04N21/488M: . . . . for displaying messages, e.g. warnings, reminders
   T04N21/488S: . . . . for displaying subtitles
   T04N21/488T: . . . . for displaying a ticker, e.g. scrolling banner for news, stock exchange, weather data
   T04N21/488X: . . . . for displaying teletext characters
   T04N21/60: using Network structure or processes specifically adapted for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients
   T04N21/61: . . Network physical structure; Signal processing (H04B takes precedence)
   T04N21/61D: . . . specially adapted to the downstream path of the transmission network
   T04N21/61D1: . . . . involving terrestrial transmission, e.g. DVB-T
   T04N21/61D2: . . . . involving cable transmission, e.g. using a cable modem
   T04N21/61D3: . . . . involving transmission via Internet
   T04N21/61D4: . . . . involving transmission via a mobile phone network
   T04N21/61D5: . . . . involving transmission via a telephone network, e.g. POTS
   T04N21/61D6: . . . . involving transmission via a satellite
   T04N21/61P: . . . Signal processing at physical level
   T04N21/61U: . . . specially adapted to the upstream path of the transmission network
   T04N21/61U1: . . . . involving terrestrial transmission, e.g. DVB-T
   T04N21/61U2: . . . . involving cable transmission, e.g. using a cable modem
   T04N21/61U3: . . . . involving transmission via Internet
   T04N21/61U4: . . . . involving transmission via a mobile phone network
   T04N21/61U5: . . . . involving transmission via a telephone network, e.g. POTS
   T04N21/61U6: . . . . involving transmission via a satellite
   T04N21/63: . . Control signaling related to video distribution between client, server and network components; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients or between remote clients, e.g. transmitting basic layer and enhancement layers over different transmission paths, setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet between remote STB's; Communication protocols; Addressing
   T04N21/633: . . . Control signals issued by server directed to the network components or client
   T04N21/6332: . . . . directed to client
   T04N21/6334: . . . . . for authorization, e.g. by transmitting a key
   T04N21/6334K: . . . . . . by transmitting keys
   T04N21/6336: . . . . . directed to decoder
   T04N21/6338: . . . . directed to network
   T04N21/637: . . . Control signals issued by the client directed to the server or network components
   T04N21/6371: . . . . directed to network
   T04N21/6373: . . . . for rate control e.g. request to the server to modify its transmission rate
   T04N21/6375: . . . . for requesting retransmission , e.g. of data packets lost or corrupted during transmission from server
   T04N21/6377: . . . . directed to server
   T04N21/6377K: . . . . . for uploading keys, e.g. for a client to communicate its public key to the server
   T04N21/6379: . . . . . directed to encoder , e.g. for requesting a lower encoding rate
   T04N21/63M: . . . Multimode Transmission, e.g. transmitting basic layers and enhancement layers of the content over different transmission paths or transmitting with different error corrections, different keys or with different transmission protocols
   T04N21/63P: . . . using a connection between clients on a wide area network, e.g. setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet for retrieving video segments from the hard-disk of other client devices
   T04N21/64: . . . Addressing
   T04N21/6402: . . . . Address allocation for clients
   T04N21/6405: . . . . Multicasting
   T04N21/6408: . . . . Unicasting
   T04N21/643: . . . using dedicated Communication protocols
   T04N21/6433: . . . . Digital Storage Media - Command and Control Protocol [DSM-CC]
   T04N21/6437: . . . . Real-time Transport Protocol [RTP]
   T04N21/643A: . . . . ATM
   T04N21/643H: . . . . DVB-H
   T04N21/643P: . . . . IP
   T04N21/647: . . . Control signaling between network components and server or clients; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients, e.g. controlling the quality of the video stream, by dropping packets, protecting content from unauthorized alteration within the network, monitoring of network load, bridging between two different networks, e.g. between IP and wireless
   T04N21/647B: . . . . for transferring content from a first network to a second network, e.g. between IP and wireless
   T04N21/647F: . . . . Protecting content from unauthorized alteration within the network
   T04N21/647M: . . . . Monitoring of network processes or resources, e.g. monitoring of network load
   T04N21/647M1: . . . . . Monitoring network processes errors
   T04N21/647M2: . . . . . Monitoring network characteristics, e.g. bandwidth, congestion level
   T04N21/647N: . . . . Control signals issued by the network directed to the server or the client
   T04N21/647N1: . . . . . directed to the client
   T04N21/647N2: . . . . . directed to the server
   T04N21/647N2R: . . . . . . for rate control
   T04N21/647N2T: . . . . . . for requesting retransmission, e.g. of data packets lost or corrupted during transmission from server
   T04N21/647P: . . . . Data processing by the network
   T04N21/647P1: . . . . . Controlling the complexity of the content stream, e.g. by dropping packets
   T04N21/65: . . transmission of management data between client and server
   T04N21/654: . . . transmission by server directed to the client
   T04N21/6543: . . . . for forcing some client operations, e.g. recording
   T04N21/6547: . . . . comprising parameters, e.g. for client setup
   T04N21/658: . . . transmission by the client directed to the server
   T04N21/6583: . . . . Acknowledgement
   T04N21/6587: . . . . Control parameters, e.g. trick play commands, viewpoint selection
   T04N21/658R: . . . . Reference data, e.g. a movie identifier for ordering a movie or a product identifier in a home shopping application
   T04N21/658S: . . . . Data stored in the client, e.g. viewing habits, hardware capabilities, credit card number
   T04N21/80: Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
   T04N21/81: . . Monomedia components thereof
   T04N21/81A: . . . involving special audio data, e.g. different tracks for different languages
   T04N21/81A1: . . . . comprising music, e.g. song in MP3 format
   T04N21/81C: . . . involving advertisement data
   T04N21/81D: . . . involving additional data, e.g. news, sports, stocks, weather forecasts
   T04N21/81D1: . . . . specifically related to the content, e.g. biography of the actors in a movie, detailed information about an article seen in a video program
   T04N21/81D2: . . . . comprising emergency warnings
   T04N21/81G: . . . involving graphical data, e.g. 3D object, 2D graphics
   T04N21/81G1: . . . . comprising still images, e.g. texture, background image
   T04N21/81V: . . . involving special video data, e.g 3D video
   T04N21/81W: . . . involving executable data, e.g. software
   T04N21/81W1: . . . . End-user applications, e.g. Web browser, game
   T04N21/81W2: . . . . OS software
   T04N21/81W3: . . . . specially adapted to be executed by a peripheral of the client device, e.g. by a reprogrammable remote control
   T04N21/81W4: . . . . dedicated tools, e.g. video decoder software or IPMP tool
   T04N21/83: . . Generation or processing of protective or descriptive data associated with content; Content structuring
   T04N21/835: . . . Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates
   T04N21/8352: . . . . involving content or source identification data, e.g. Unique Material Identifier [UMID]
   T04N21/8355: . . . . involving usage data, e.g. number of copies or viewings allowed
   T04N21/8355L: . . . . . using a structured language for describing usage rules of the content, e.g. REL
   T04N21/8358: . . . . involving watermark
   T04N21/84: . . . Generation or processing of descriptive data, e.g. content descriptors
   T04N21/8405: . . . . represented by keywords
   T04N21/845: . . . Structuring of content, e.g. decomposing content into time segments
   T04N21/845A: . . . . using Advanced Video Coding [AVC]
   T04N21/845F: . . . . by locking or enabling a set of features, e.g. optional functionalities in an executable program
   T04N21/845P: . . . . involving pointers to the content, e.g. pointers to the I-frames of the video stream
   T04N21/845T: . . . . by decomposing the content in the time domain, e.g. in time segments
   T04N21/845U: . . . . involving uncompressed content
   T04N21/84V: . . . . involving a version number, e.g. version number of EPG data
   T04N21/85: . . Assembly of content; Generation of multimedia applications
   T04N21/854: . . . Content Authoring
   T04N21/8541: . . . . involving branching, e.g. to different story endings
   T04N21/8543: . . . . using a description language, e.g. Multimedia and Hypermedia information coding Expert Group [MHEG, eXtensible Markup Language [XML] ]
   T04N21/8545: . . . . for generating interactive applications
   T04N21/8547: . . . . involving timestamps for synchronizing content
   T04N21/8549: . . . . Creating video summaries, e.g. movie trailer
   T04N21/854D: . . . . by describing the content as an MPEG-21 Digital Item
   T04N21/854F: . . . . involving a specific file format, e.g. MP4 format
   T04N21/858: . . . Linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object, by creating a hotspot
   T04N21/858H: . . . . by creating hot-spots
   T04N21/858U: . . . . by using a URL
   T04N101/00: Still video cameras
   T04N201/00: Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
   T04N201/00A: Diagnosis, testing or measuring; Detecting, analysis or monitoring not otherwise provided for
   T04N201/00A1: . . relating to image data
   T04N201/00A2: . . relating to particular apparatus or devices
   T04N201/00A2B: . . . Transmission systems or arrangements
   T04N201/00A2C: . . . Reading apparatus
   T04N201/00A2D: . . . Reproducing apparatus
   T04N201/00A2E: . . . Scanning arrangements
   T04N201/00A2F: . . . Picture signal circuits
   T04N201/00A2G: . . . Colour systems
   T04N201/00A3: . . Method used
   T04N201/00A3B: . . . Diagnosis, i.e. identifying a problem by comparison with a normal state
   T04N201/00A3C: . . . Testing, i.e. determining the result of a trial
   T04N201/00A3D: . . . Measuring, i.e. determining a quantity by comparison with a standard
   T04N201/00A3E: . . . Detecting, i.e. determining the occurence of a predetermined state
   T04N201/00A3F: . . . Analysis, i.e. separating and studying components of a greater whole
   T04N201/00A3H: . . . Monitoring, i.e. observation
   T04N201/00A3J: . . . using a reference pattern designed for the purpose, e.g. a test chart
   T04N201/00A3J2: . . . . details of the reference pattern (DM 1105)
   T04N201/00A3K: . . . using an image not specifically designed for the purpose
   T04N201/00A3L: . . . in service, i.e. during normal operation
   T04N201/00A3M: . . . out of service, i.e. outside of normal operation
   T04N201/00A3P: . . . automatically on a periodic basis
   T04N201/00A3S: . . . using a separate apparatus
   T04N201/00A3S2: . . . . using a remote apparatus
   T04N201/00A3T: . . . using at least a part of the apparatus itself, e.g. self-testing
   T04N201/00A3V: . . . using a programme downloaded or received from another apparatus
   T04N201/00A3W: . . . Calculating or estimating
   T04N201/00A4: . . Action taken
   T04N201/00A4B: . . . Indicating or reporting
   T04N201/00A4B8: . . . . locally
   T04N201/00A4B9: . . . . remotely
   T04N201/00A4C: . . . Adjusting or controlling
   T04N201/00A4C4: . . . . Repair, e.g. self-repair; Recovery
   T04N201/00A4C5: . . . . Setting; Calibrating
   T04N201/00A4D: . . . Storage
   T04N201/00A5: . . relating to the original or to the reproducing medium, e.g. imperfections, dirt, reflectivity
   T04N201/00B: Systems or arrangements for the transmission of the picture signal (not used)
   T04N201/00B4: . . specially adapted for radio transmission, e.g. via satellite (not used)
   T04N201/00B4D: . . . of digital signals
   T04N201/00B8: . . specially adapted for optical transmission
   T04N201/00B9: . . with transmission of additional information signals
   T04N201/00B9M: . . . of multimedia information
   T04N201/00B9S: . . . of sound information only
   T04N201/00B9T: . . . of text or character information only
   T04N201/00B9V: . . . of video information only
   T04N201/00C: Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus (not used)
   T04N201/00C1: . . with a display device, e.g. CRT or LCD monitor
   T04N201/00C10: . . Control of image communication with the connected apparatus, e.g. signalling capability
   T04N201/00C10B: . . . Notifying a communication result
   T04N201/00C10B2: . . . . via a non-image communication channel, e.g. via a computer network
   T04N201/00C10C: . . . Selecting or switching between an image communication channel and a non-image communication channel
   T04N201/00C10D: . . . Selecting or switching between an image communication mode and a non-image communication mode
   T04N201/00C10E: . . . Converting image communication control signals, e.g. group 3 facsimile protocol signals, to non-image communication control signals or vice versa
   T04N201/00C10F: . . . Adapting an image communication to a non-image communication or vice versa, e.g. data rate-conversion
   T04N201/00C10G: . . . Adapting to communicate with plural different types of apparatus
   T04N201/00C10H: . . . Avoiding duplicate transfer of image data
   T04N201/00C10M: . . . where the still picture apparatus acts as the master
   T04N201/00C10S: . . . where the still picture apparatus acts as the slave
   T04N201/00C11: . . Details of the connection, e.g. connector, interface
   T04N201/00C11B: . . . Detecting or checking connection
   T04N201/00C11N: . . . Topological details of the connection
   T04N201/00C11N1: . . . . Connection via a network
   T04N201/00C11N2: . . . . Point to point
   T04N201/00C11N3: . . . . Point to multipoint
   T04N201/00C11P: . . . Connecting to a plurality of different apparatus; Using a plurality of different connectors
   T04N201/00C11S: . . . Software interface details, e.g. interaction of operating systems
   T04N201/00C11T: . . . Type of connection
   T04N201/00C11T2: . . . . By wire, cable or the like
   T04N201/00C11T3: . . . . Card-type connector, e.g. PCMCIA card interface
   T04N201/00C11T4: . . . . Optical, e.g. using an infra-red link
   T04N201/00C11T5: . . . . By radio
   T04N201/00C11T6: . . . . Using mechanical couplings, e.g. mating elements
   T04N201/00C11T7: . . . . Docking-station, cradle or the like
   T04N201/00C11T8: . . . . Using near field communication, e.g. an inductive loop
   T04N201/00C11V: . . . Stand-alone interface device
   T04N201/00C12: . . Constructional details
   T04N201/00C13: . . Converting image data to a format usable by the connected apparatus or vice versa
   T04N201/00C13B: . . . Converting to still picture data
   T04N201/00C13C: . . . Converting from still picture data
   T04N201/00C14: . . Selecting or switching between a still picture apparatus or function and another apparatus or function
   T04N201/00C15: . . Detecting the status of a connected apparatus
   T04N201/00C16: . . Arrangements for the control of a still picture apparatus by the connected apparatus
   T04N201/00C16R: . . . by a user operated remote control device, e.g. receiving instructions from a user via a computer terminal or mobile telephone handset
   T04N201/00C2: . . in a digital photofinishing system, i.e. a system where digital photographic images undergo typical photofinishing processing, e.g. printing, ordering (not used)
   T04N201/00C20: . . with a medium handling apparatus, e.g. a sheet sorter
   T04N201/00C21: . . with a measuring, monitoring or signalling apparatus, e.g. for transmitting measured information to a central location
   T04N201/00C22: . . with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. a bar-code apparatus (not used)
   T04N201/00C22C: . . . with an apparatus processing optically-read information
   T04N201/00C22C2: . . . . with an apparatus performing optical character recognition
   T04N201/00C22C3: . . . . with an apparatus processing barcodes or the like
   T04N201/00C22C4: . . . . with an apparatus performing pattern recognition, e.g. of a face or a geographic feature
   T04N201/00C22S: . . . with an electronic or magnetic storage medium I/O device
   T04N201/00C23: . . with a management, maintenance, service or repair apparatus
   T04N201/00C24B1: . . . . Medical imaging device
   T04N201/00C24B7: . . . . Image display
   T04N201/00C24B8: . . . . Digital copier; digital 'photocopier'
   T04N201/00C2A: . . . Scanning of a photographic original
   T04N201/00C2C: . . . Transmission
   T04N201/00C2C2: . . . . via e-mail
   T04N201/00C2D: . . . Ordering
   T04N201/00C2D2: . . . . from a remote location
   T04N201/00C2E: . . . Storage
   T04N201/00C2E2: . . . . with selective access
   T04N201/00C2E2S: . . . . . for sharing images with a selected individual or correspondent
   T04N201/00C2E2S2: . . . . . . with a group of selected individuals or correspondents
   T04N201/00C2E4: . . . . for sharing images without access restriction, e.g. publishing images [N0904
   T04N201/00C2F: . . . Viewing or Previewing
   T04N201/00C2F2: . . . . at a remote location
   T04N201/00C2G: . . . Processing; Editing
   T04N201/00C2H: . . . Digital image input
   T04N201/00C2H2: . . . . directly from a still digital camera or from a storage medium mounted in a still digital camera
   T04N201/00C2H3: . . . . from a still image storage medium
   T04N201/00C2H4: . . . . from a user terminal, e.g. personal computer
   T04N201/00C2H5: . . . . of images captured using a loaned, rented or single-use still digital camera, e.g. recyclable or disposable camera
   T04N201/00C2P: . . . Photography assistance, e.g. displaying suggestions to the user
   T04N201/00C2R: . . . Image output
   T04N201/00C2R2: . . . . Printing, e.g. prints or reprints
   T04N201/00C2R3: . . . . on souvenir-type products or the like, e.g. T-shirts, mugs
   T04N201/00C2R4: . . . . to a portable storage medium, e.g. a read-writable compact disk
   T04N201/00C2R5: . . . . Creation of a photo-montage, e.g. photoalbum
   T04N201/00C2R6: . . . . Creation of a 'soft' photo presentation, e.g. digital slide-show
   T04N201/00C2R7: . . . . Creation of a lenticular or stereo hardcopy image
   T04N201/00C3: . . with a digital computer (not used)
   T04N201/00C3D: . . . using an image reproducing device, e.g. a facsimile printer, as a local output from a computer (output via network, e.g. network printing T04N201/00C3G5R)]
   T04N201/00C3E: . . . using an image reading device, e.g. a facsimile reader, as a local input to a computer (input via network, e.g. network scanners T04N201/00C3G5G)]
   T04N201/00C3G: . . . Transmitting or receiving image data, e.g. facsimile data, via a computer, e.g. using e-mail, a computer network, the internet (not used)
   T04N201/00C3G2: . . . . Attaching image data to computer messages, e.g. to e-mails
   T04N201/00C3G3: . . . . details of transmission (not used)
   T04N201/00C3G3C: . . . . . only involving computer data transmission protocols, e.g. SMTP, WAP, HTTP
   T04N201/00C3G3F: . . . . . involving facsimile protocols or a combination of facsimile protocols and computer data transmission protocols
   T04N201/00C3G5: . . . . details of image data generation or reproduction (not used)
   T04N201/00C3G5G: . . . . . details of image data generation, e.g. scan-to-email, network scanners (using an image reading device as a local input to a computer T04N201/00C3E)
   T04N201/00C3G5R: . . . . . details of image data reproduction, e.g. network printing or remote image display (using an image reproducing device as a local output from a computer T04N201/00C3D)
   T04N201/00C3K: . . . with a server, e.g. an internet server
   T04N201/00C4: . . with an optical device, e.g. an optical viewing aid
   T04N201/00C5: . . with a photographic apparatus, e.g. a photographic printer, a projector (not used)
   T04N201/00C5A: . . . with an apparatus for taking photographic images, e.g. a camera
   T04N201/00C5C: . . . with an electro-developing recording medium, e.g. generating image signals by reading such a medium in a still camera
   T04N201/00C5D: . . . with an apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials
   T04N201/00C5D2: . . . . Reading a film during its processing, e.g. generating image signals from a film while the photographic image on the film is in the process of being developed
   T04N201/00C5E: . . . with a photographic printing apparatus
   T04N201/00C5F: . . . with a viewing or projecting apparatus, e.g. for reading image information from a film
   T04N201/00C5G: . . . Reading or writing of non-image information from or to a photographic material, e.g. processing data stored in a magnetic track
   T04N201/00C5H: . . . with apparatus for handling photographic material
   T04N201/00C5J: . . . Recording image information on a photographic material
   T04N201/00C7: . . with a telecommunication apparatus, e.g. a selective call terminal
   T04N201/00C7B: . . . with a television apparatus (not used)
   T04N201/00C7B2: . . . . with studio circuitry, devices or equipment, e.g. television cameras (not used)
   T04N201/00C7B2B: . . . . . in a video photo booth or the like
   T04N201/00C7B3: . . . . with receiver circuitry (not used)
   T04N201/00C7B3B: . . . . . for printing images at a television receiver
   T04N201/00C7B4: . . . . with a television signal recorder, e.g. for recording fascimile images on a VCR
   T04N201/00C7B5: . . . . with a television transmission apparatus, e.g. a video phone, a teletext system
   T04N201/00C7C: . . . with a telephonic apparatus, e.g. telephone answering machine, videotex terminal
   T04N201/00C7C2: . . . . with a cordless telephone apparatus
   T04N201/00C7D: . . . with a mobile telephony apparatus
   T04N201/00C7E: . . . with a selective call apparatus, e.g. a paging device
   T04N201/00C7F: . . . with a digital transmission apparatus, e.g. a telex, SMS or ISDN device
   T04N201/00C7G: . . . with a radio transmission apparatus
   T04N201/00C7H: . . . with a multi-media apparatus
   T04N201/00C8: . . Sharing resources, e.g. processing power or memory, with a connected apparatus or enhancing the capability of the still picture apparatus [M1205]
   T04N201/00C8H: . . . Use of one or more hot folders, i.e. folders or directories, which cause a certain action when written to or accessed (DCM 0910)
   T04N201/00C8H2: . . . . Details related to action or actions associated with a hot folder (DCM 0910)
   T04N201/00C8S: . . . Use of shared folders, i.e. folders or directories accessible by all connected apparatus
   T04N201/00C9: . . Arrangements for the control of the connected apparatus by the still picture apparatus
   T04N201/00D: User-machine interface; Control console (not used)
   T04N201/00D11: . . tailoring a user interface (UI) to specific requirements
   T04N201/00D11C: . . . customising to a particular machine or model, machine function or application
   T04N201/00D11D: . . . customising to the data to be displayed
   T04N201/00D11P: . . . personalising for a particular user or group of users, e.g. a workgroup , company, etc.
   T04N201/00D11P2: . . . . for a group of users, e.g. a workgroup , company, or a service provider
   T04N201/00D11P4: . . . . personalising for individual users
   T04N201/00D11P6: . . . . involving favourite or frequently used settings
   T04N201/00D2: . . Input means
   T04N201/00D2B: . . . mark-sheet input
   T04N201/00D2B2: . . . . Type of the scanned marks
   T04N201/00D2B2A: . . . . . Alphanumeric symbols
   T04N201/00D2B2B: . . . . . Bar codes
   T04N201/00D2B2M: . . . . . Marks in boxes or the like, e.g. crosses, blacking out
   T04N201/00D2B3: . . . . Location of the scanned marks
   T04N201/00D2B3B: . . . . . on a separate sheet
   T04N201/00D2B3C: . . . . . on the same page as at least a part of the image
   T04N201/00D2B4: . . . . Means for identifying a mark sheet or area
   T04N201/00D2B5: . . . . Means for enabling correct scanning of a mark sheet or area, e.g. registration or timing marks
   T04N201/00D2G: . . . Input by recognition or interpretation of visible user gestures (for vocal input T04N201/00D2V; other manual input means, e.g. digitizers, writing tablets T04N201/00D2M; for recognition algorithms G06K9/00G; for gesture input to computers G06F3/00B8)
   T04N201/00D2K: . . . Key input means, e.g. buttons, keypads
   T04N201/00D2K2: . . . . Multiple functions per key
   T04N201/00D2K3: . . . . Programmable function keys, e.g. for one-touch operation
   T04N201/00D2M: . . . Other manual input means, e.g. digitizers, writing tablets
   T04N201/00D2R: . . . Arrangements for reducing operator input
   T04N201/00D2S: . . . Switches, knobs or the like
   T04N201/00D2S2: . . . . Rocker or tumbler switches
   T04N201/00D2V: . . . Voice input means, e.g. voice commands
   T04N201/00D3: . . Output means
   T04N201/00D3D: . . . Display of information to the user, e.g. menus
   T04N201/00D3D2: . . . . the display also being used for user input, e.g. touch screen
   T04N201/00D3D3: . . . . using menus, i.e. presenting the user with a plurality of selectable options
   T04N201/00D3D3B: . . . . . Multi-level menus
   T04N201/00D3D3B2: . . . . . . Arrangements for navigating between pages or parts of the menu
   T04N201/00D3D3B2D: . . . . . . . using drop-down menus
   T04N201/00D3D3B2G: . . . . . . . using a list of graphical elements, e.g. icons or icon bar
   T04N201/00D3D3B2L: . . . . . . . using a menu list
   T04N201/00D3D3B2N: . . . . . . . using a navigation tree
   T04N201/00D3D3B2T: . . . . . . . using tabs
   T04N201/00D3D3B3: . . . . . . arranged in a predetermined sequence, e.g. using next and previous buttons
   T04N201/00D3D3C: . . . . . Intelligent menus, e.g. anticipating user selections
   T04N201/00D3D4: . . . . for image preview or review, e.g. to help the user position a sheet
   T04N201/00D3D4M: . . . . . Simultaneous viewing of a plurality of images, e.g. using a mosaic display arrangement, thumbnail
   T04N201/00D3D4M1: . . . . . . arranged in a one dimensional array
   T04N201/00D3D4M1H: . . . . . . . horizontally
   T04N201/00D3D4M1V: . . . . . . . vertically
   T04N201/00D3D4M2: . . . . . . arranged in a two dimensional array
   T04N201/00D3D4M4: . . . . . . for layout preview, e.g. page layout
   T04N201/00D3D4S: . . . . . Sequential viewing of a plurality of images, e.g. browsing
   T04N201/00D3D4T: . . . . . marking or otherwise tagging one or more displayed image, e.g. for selective reproduction
   T04N201/00D3D5: . . . . using browsers, i.e. interfaces based on mark up languages
   T04N201/00D3D6: . . . . displaying finishing information, e.g. position of punch holes or staple, orientation references
   T04N201/00D3D7: . . . . with enlargement of a selected area of the displayed information
   T04N201/00D3D8: . . . . using a pop-up window
   T04N201/00D3F: . . . outputting a plurality of functional options, e.g. scan, copy, print
   T04N201/00D3G: . . . Indicating status, e.g. of a job
   T04N201/00D3H: . . . Indicating an illegal or impossible operation or selection to the user
   T04N201/00D3J: . . . outputting a plurality of job set-up options, e.g. number of copies, paper size, resolution
   T04N201/00D3P: . . . Providing a hardcopy output to the user, e.g. print out
   T04N201/00D3S: . . . Providing an audible output to the user
   T04N201/00D3V: . . . Providing a visual indication to the user, e.g. using a lamp
   T04N201/00D7: . . Particular location of the interface or console
   T04N201/00D8: . . Constructional details of the interface or console not otherwise provided for, e.g. rotating or tilting means
   T04N201/00D9: . . Multi-lingual facilities
   T04N201/00E: Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers (not used)
   T04N201/00E1: . . Reducing apparatus footprint, e.g. wall-mounted or vertically arranged apparatus
   T04N201/00E10: . . Supporting the apparatus as a whole; Stands
   T04N201/00E12: . . Constructional details relating to ergonomic aspects, especially of portable devices (DCM 0912)
   T04N201/00E2: . . Providing a more compact apparatus (not used)
   T04N201/00E2A: . . . Discharge tray at least partially sandwiched between image generating and reproducing components
   T04N201/00E2B: . . . Discharge tray in cover
   T04N201/00E2C: . . . using slidably mounted components, e.g. reader in drawer
   T04N201/00E2D: . . . using rotatably mounted or foldable components
   T04N201/00E3: . . Modular devices, i.e. allowing for combinations of different components, removal or replacement of components (not used)
   T04N201/00E3B: . . . with detachable image reading apparatus
   T04N201/00E4: . . Allowing easy access, e.g. for maintenance or in case of paper jam (not used)
   T04N201/00E4B: . . . using a side cover
   T04N201/00E6: . . Counter-measures for noise or vibration, e.g. electrostatic noise, mechanical vibration
   T04N201/00E7: . . Top covers or the like
   T04N201/00E7B: . . . Latches or hinges therefor
   T04N201/00E8: . . Connection or assembly of components or elements
   T04N201/00E9: . . Mounting or support of components or elements
   T04N201/00F: Handling of original or reproduction media, e.g. cutting, separating, stacking (not used)
   T04N201/00F10: . . Decurling
   T04N201/00F11: . . Synchronising different handling operations; Control
   T04N201/00F11B: . . . Control of feeding speed, e.g. fast feeding to scanning position
   T04N201/00F12: . . Apparatus in common for different handling operations
   T04N201/00F13: . . Arrangements for handling a plurality of sheets simultaneously, e.g. mechanical buffering; Compensating for different handling speeds of different apparatus
   T04N201/00F14: . . Detecting full or empty state of a sheet tray or the like
   T04N201/00F15: . . Aligning, Positioning related to handling
   T04N201/00F16: . . Indicating relating to handling of media
   T04N201/00F17: . . Details specific to web-shaped media, e.g. paper or film rolls
   T04N201/00F17B: . . . Removing the medium from a cassette, spindle or the like
   T04N201/00F17C: . . . Feeding the medium into a cassette or onto a spindle or the like; Winding
   T04N201/00F17D: . . . Controlling the amount of slack; Tension control
   T04N201/00F17E: . . . Cutting
   T04N201/00F17E2: . . . . after scanning
   T04N201/00F2: . . Transporting to or from the scanning position (not used; control of feeding
   T04N201/00F2B: . . . with refeeding for double-sided scanning, i.e. using one scanning head for both sides of a sheet (not used)
   T04N201/00F2B2: . . . . Inverting the sheet prior to refeeding
   T04N201/00F2B2B: . . . . . using at least part of a loop, e.g. using a return loop
   T04N201/00F2B2C: . . . . . using at least one dead-end path, e.g. using a sheet ejection path
   T04N201/00F2B2D: . . . . . by rotating the sheet about an axis lying in its plane
   T04N201/00F2B3: . . . . Inverting the scanning elements with respect to the scanning plane prior to refeeding
   T04N201/00F2C: . . . to the scanning position
   T04N201/00F2D: . . . from the scanning position
   T04N201/00F2D2: . . . . along at least a part of the same path as transport to the scanning position
   T04N201/00F2E: . . . using at least a part of the apparatus in common for transporting to or from a plurality of scanning positions , e.g. for reading and printing
   T04N201/00F2F: . . . Details (not used)
   T04N201/00F2F2: . . . . Use of feed rollers
   T04N201/00F2F3: . . . . Use of a transport tray
   T04N201/00F2F4: . . . . Use of grippers or the like, e.g. suction grippers
   T04N201/00F2F5: . . . . Use of feed belts
   T04N201/00F2F6: . . . . Path switches
   T04N201/00F2F7: . . . . Guiding elements, e.g. plates
   T04N201/00F2G: . . . Transporting curved sheets or curving sheets during transportation, e.g. for feeding to a drum-type scanner
   T04N201/00F4: . . Removing sheets from a stack; Inputting media
   T04N201/00F4B: . . . Selectively inputting media from one of a plurality of input sources, e.g. input trays
   T04N201/00F4C: . . . Removing sheets selectively from the top or bottom of a single stack or tray
   T04N201/00F5: . . Separating, e.g. preventing feeding of two sheets at a time
   T04N201/00F6: . . Ejecting; Stacking
   T04N201/00F6B: . . . selectively to one of a plurality of output trays
   T04N201/00F6C: . . . Ejecting sheets selectively to the top or bottom of a single stack or tray
   T04N201/00F7: . . Binding; Stapling; Perforating, e.g. punching; Folding
   T04N201/00F8: . . Sorting; Reordering; Inverting
   T04N201/00F9: . . Counting or calculating, e.g. a number of remaining sheets
   T04N201/00G: Detecting the presence, position or size of a sheet or correcting its position before scanning (not used)
   T04N201/00G2: . . Object of the detection
   T04N201/00G2B: . . . Presence or absence
   T04N201/00G2B2: . . . . Presence
   T04N201/00G2B3: . . . . Absence
   T04N201/00G2B4: . . . . in an input tray
   T04N201/00G2B5: . . . . in an output tray
   T04N201/00G2B6: . . . . of holder, e.g. film mount
   T04N201/00G2C: . . . Position
   T04N201/00G2C2: . . . . at a plurality of spaced apart locations, e.g. as a sheet is fed through the apparatus
   T04N201/00G2D: . . . Size or dimensions
   T04N201/00G2D2: . . . . Width
   T04N201/00G2D3: . . . . Length
   T04N201/00G2D4: . . . . Thickness
   T04N201/00G2E: . . . Skew
   T04N201/00G2F: . . . Orientation
   T04N201/00G2G: . . . Type of sheet, e.g. colour of paper, transparency
   T04N201/00G2H: . . . Other properties of the sheet, e.g. curvature
   T04N201/00G3: . . Detection means
   T04N201/00G3B: . . . Mechanical detectors
   T04N201/00G3C: . . . Optical detectors
   T04N201/00G3C2: . . . . using the scanning elements as detectors
   T04N201/00G3C2B: . . . . . using inactive scanning elements, e.g. elements outside the scanning area
   T04N201/00G4: . . Detection methods
   T04N201/00G4B: . . . Detecting the leading or trailing ends of a moving sheet
   T04N201/00G4C: . . . Detecting edges of a stationary sheet
   T04N201/00G4D: . . . Detecting a change in reflectivity
   T04N201/00G4D2: . . . . of a sheet relative to a particular backgroud
   T04N201/00G4E: . . . Detecting an interruption of light
   T04N201/00G4F: . . . using a prescan
   T04N201/00G4G: . . . using reference marks, e.g. on sheet, sheet holder, guide
   T04N201/00G5: . . Action taken as a result of detection
   T04N201/00G5B: . . . Storing data
   T04N201/00G5C: . . . Comparing, e.g. with threshold
   T04N201/00G5D: . . . Indicating or reporting, e.g. issuing an alarm
   T04N201/00G5E: . . . Adjusting or controlling
   T04N201/00G5E2: . . . . Inhibiting, e.g. an operation
   T04N201/00G5E3: . . . . Adjusting settings, e.g. mode, feeding rate, select particular type of paper
   T04N201/00G5E4: . . . . Initiating operations
   T04N201/00G5E5: . . . . Correcting position before scanning
   T04N201/00G5E5B: . . . . . using mechanical means
   T04N201/00G5E5C: . . . . . using guide or holder
   T04N201/00G5E5D: . . . . . using paper feeding mechanism, e.g. operate drive rollers at different speeds
   T04N201/00H: Reading arrangements (not used)
   T04N201/00H2: . . Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device, according to a measured quantity
   T04N201/00H2B: . . . according to characteristics of the original
   T04N201/00H2B2: . . . . Presence or absence of information
   T04N201/00H2B4: . . . . Type, e.g. colour paper, transparency; Reading a plurality of types of original
   T04N201/00H2B5: . . . . Orientation
   T04N201/00H2C: . . . according to user specified instructions, e.g. user selection of reading mode
   T04N201/00H2D: . . . according to a detected condition or state of the reading apparatus, e.g. temperature
   T04N201/00H2E: . . . Determining the reading area, e.g. eliminating reading of margins
   T04N201/00H2F: . . . Self-calibrating reading means
   T04N201/00H2G: . . . Selecting or setting a particular reading mode, e.g. from amongst a plurality of modes, simplex or duplex, high or low resolution
   T04N201/00H2J: . . . for displaying or indicating, e.g. a condition or state
   T04N201/00H4: . . Arrangements for reading an image from an unusual original, e.g. 3-dimensional objects
   T04N201/00J: Types of the still picture apparatus
   T04N201/00J1: . . Medical imaging device
   T04N201/00J10: . . Multifunctional device, i.e. a device capable of all of reading, reproducing, copying, facsimile transception, file transception
   T04N201/00J2: . . Image reader
   T04N201/00J3: . . Image hardcopy reproducer
   T04N201/00J4: . . Digital still camera
   T04N201/00J5: . . Image transceiver
   T04N201/00J6: . . Image storage device
   T04N201/00J7: . . Image display device
   T04N201/00J8: . . Digital copier; digital 'photocopier'
   T04N201/00J9: . . Facsimile machine
   T04N201/00K: Arrangements for transferring signals between different components of the apparatus, e.g. arrangements of signal lines or cables
   T04N201/00M: Recording use, e.g. counting number of pages copied
   T04N201/00N: Detecting external or ambient light
   T04N201/00P: Preventing unauthorised reproduction (not used)
   T04N201/00P2: . . Determining the necessity for prevention (not used)
   T04N201/00P2R: . . . Based on recognising a copy prohibited original, e.g. a banknote (not used)
   T04N201/00P2R3: . . . . by detecting a particular original
   T04N201/00P2R3S: . . . . . by detecting the (surface) structure of the original, e.g. fibres in paper (DCM 0911)
   T04N201/00P2R4: . . . . externally to or remotely from the reproduction apparatus, e.g. using a connected apparatus
   T04N201/00P2S: . . . Recognising an unauthorised user or user-associated action
   T04N201/00P3: . . Preventive measures (not used)
   T04N201/00P3A: . . . Issuing an alarm or the like
   T04N201/00P3K: . . . Retaining the original
   T04N201/00P3M: . . . Modifying the reproduction, e.g. outputting a modified copy of a scanned original (not used)
   T04N201/00P3M2: . . . . with additional data, e.g. by adding a warning message (not used)
   T04N201/00P3M2H: . . . . . with hidden additional data, e.g. data invisible to the human eye
   T04N201/00P3M3: . . . . by image quality reduction, e.g. distortion, blacking out
   T04N201/00P3R: . . . Recording information, e.g. details of the job
   T04N201/00P4: . . Detecting or preventing tampering attacks on the reproduction system
   T04N201/00P5: . . Auto-copy-preventive originals, i.e. originals that are designed not to allow faithful reproduction
   T04N201/00Q: Power supply means, e.g. arrangements for the control of power supply to the apparatus or components thereof (not used)
   T04N201/00Q2: . . Control thereof
   T04N201/00Q2B: . . . Switching on or off, e.g. for saving power when not in use
   T04N201/00Q2C: . . . using a back-up supply, e.g. in case of main-supply failure
   T04N201/00Q2D: . . . using a low-power mode, e.g. standby
   T04N201/00Q3: . . Detection of supply level or supply failure
   T04N201/00Q4: . . Connection to an external supply; using different supplies
   T04N201/00Q5: . . Supplying power at different levels, e.g. to different circuits
   T04N201/00Q6: . . Details of supply connection, e.g. arrangement of power cables
   T04N201/00R: Portable devices
   T04N201/00S: Cleaning arrangements; Preventing or counter-acting contamination from dust or the like
   T04N201/00T: Arrangements for the control of a still picture apparatus by an external device or by a connected apparatus
   T04N201/00T2: . . by a user operated remote control device
   T04N201/00V: Arrangements for controlling a still picture apparatus or components thereof not otherwise provided for
   T04N201/00V1: . . Assigning priority to, or interrupting, a particular operation
   T04N201/00V2: . . Inhibiting an operation
   T04N201/00V3: . . Control of normal start-up or shut-down, i.e. non failure or error related; Initialisation
   T04N201/00V4: . . Synchronising different operations or sub-apparatus, e.g. controlling on-times taking into account different warm-up times
   T04N201/00V5: . . Timing control; Synchronising
   T04N201/00V6: . . Skipping a function or process step
   T04N201/00V7: . . Software related arrangements
   T04N201/00V7D: . . . Interaction of different applications
   T04N201/00W: Input arrangements for operating instructions or parameters, e.g. updating internal software
   T04N201/00W1: . . using a plug-in memory module, e.g. memory card, memory stick
   T04N201/00W2: . . by scanning marks on a sheet
   T04N201/00W3: . . Storage of instructions or parameters, e.g. different parameters for different user IDs, customised instructions
   T04N201/00W4: . . from a remote device, e.g. receiving via the internet instructions input to a computer terminal
   T04N201/00X: Arrangements for regulating environment, e.g. removing static electricity
   T04N201/00X2: . . Temperature control
   T04N201/00X2F: . . . by forced convection, e.g. using fans
   T04N201/00X2F3: . . . . using fins or the like
   T04N201/00X2H: . . . Heating
   T04N201/00X2N: . . . by natural convection, e.g. using fins without a fan
   T04N201/00X3: . . Humidity control, e.g. removing condensation
   T04N201/00X4: . . Compensating for electric noise, e.g. EMI
   T04N201/00X5: . . lighting or illumination control, e.g. shielding from outside light, prevention of leakage of light to the outside (power supply aspects see
   T04N201/00Y: User intervention not otherwise provided for, e.g. placing documents, responding to an alarm
   T04N201/21D: . . with storage of additional information signals (not used)
   T04N201/21D6: . . . Storage method
   T04N201/21D6C: . . . . in a separate storage device
   T04N201/21D6D: . . . . in the same storage device
   T04N201/21D6D2: . . . . . in separate locations
   T04N201/21D6D3: . . . . . attached to the image information to which it relates, e.g. in a header
   T04N201/024: deleted
   T04N201/024A: . . Focusing, i.e. adjusting the focus of the scanning head
   T04N201/024B: . . for picture information pick up and reproduction
   T04N201/024B1: . . . in different planes
   T04N201/024B1B: . . . . using a single head selectively and alternately arranged to scan in the different planes
   T04N201/024B2: . . . in the same plane
   T04N201/024B3: . . . using interchangeable heads
   T04N201/024B4: . . . using heads mounted on the same support or substrate
   T04N201/024B5: . . . using a single head, i.e. for pick up and reproduction
   T04N201/024C: . . Arrangements for positioning heads, e.g. with respect to other elements of the apparatus
   T04N201/024D: . . Arrangements for mounting or supporting heads
   T04N201/024E: . . Arrangements for positioning elements within a head
   T04N201/024E1: . . . Translational positioning
   T04N201/024E1B: . . . . in a direction parallel to the main-scanning direction
   T04N201/024E1C: . . . . in a direction parallel to the sub-scanning direction
   T04N201/024E1D: . . . . in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the photodetector elements, e.g. in the direction of the optical axis
   T04N201/024E2: . . . Rotational positioning, i.e. with respect to an axis
   T04N201/024E2B: . . . . Rotation about the optical axis
   T04N201/024E2C: . . . . Rotation about an axis in the plane of the scanning elements orthogonal to the optical axis, the axis of rotation extending in the main-scanning direction, e.g. the longitudinal axis of a linear array
   T04N201/024E2D: . . . . Rotation about an axis in the plane of the scanning elements orthogonal to the optical axis, the axis of rotation extending in the sub-scanning direction, e.g. the transverse axis of a linear array
   T04N201/024E6: . . . Self-adjusting arrangements, e.g. compensating for temperature fluctuations
   T04N201/024E8: . . . Element positioned
   T04N201/024E8A: . . . . Photodetector element, e.g. CCD array
   T04N201/024E8B: . . . . Lens or optical system
   T04N201/024E8C: . . . . Reflective element, e.g. mirror
   T04N201/024E8D: . . . . Illuminating means
   T04N201/024E8E: . . . . Transparent cover
   T04N201/024E9: . . . Positioning method
   T04N201/024E9B: . . . . using screws
   T04N201/024E9C: . . . . using adhesive
   T04N201/024E9D: . . . . using clips or the like
   T04N201/024E9G: . . . . using elastic means, e.g. springs
   T04N201/024E9H: . . . . using a reference element, e.g. a stop
   T04N201/024F: . . Arrangements for mounting or supporting elements within a scanning head
   T04N201/024F10: . . . Mounting or supporting means
   T04N201/024F10B: . . . . Single piece support, e.g. molded plastic support
   T04N201/024F10C: . . . . Housing or part of the housing, e.g. bottom plate
   T04N201/024F10D: . . . . Dedicated element, e.g. bracket or arm
   T04N201/024F8: . . . Element mounted or supported
   T04N201/024F8A: . . . . Scanning element, e.g. CCD array, photodetector
   T04N201/024F8B: . . . . Lens or optical system
   T04N201/024F8C: . . . . Mirror, reflecting element or beam splitter
   T04N201/024F8D: . . . . Illuminating means
   T04N201/024F8E: . . . . Transparent cover or window
   T04N201/024F9: . . . Mounting or supporting method
   T04N201/024F9B: . . . . using screws
   T04N201/024F9C: . . . . using adhesive
   T04N201/024F9D: . . . . using clips
   T04N201/024F9E: . . . . Clasping;; Clamping
   T04N201/024F9G: . . . . using elastic means, e.g. springs
   T04N201/024G: . . Manufacturing details
   T04N201/024H: . . Arrangements for allowing access to the scanning head, e.g. for service or repair
   T04N201/024J: . . Arrangements for reducing the effects of vibrations
   T04N201/024K: . . Additional optical elements not otherwise provided for, e.g. filters, polarising plates, masks or apertures
   T04N201/024L: . . Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. for ease of assembly, allowing access to the scanning elements, integrated reinforcing members
   T04N201/024M: . . Additional elements, e.g. sheet guide plates, light shields
   T04N201/028: . . for picture information pick-up (not used)
   T04N201/028A: . . . with photodetectors arranged in a two-dimensional array
   T04N201/028E: . . . Means for illuminating the original, not specific to a particular type of pick-up head (not used)
   T04N201/028E2: . . . . using a single or a few point light sources, e.g. a laser diode
   T04N201/028E2A: . . . . . in combination with at least one reflector which is fixed in relation to the light source
   T04N201/028E2B: . . . . . in combination with a deflector, e.g. a rotating mirror
   T04N201/028E2C: . . . . . in combination with a light guide, e.g. optical fibre, glass plate
   T04N201/028E2D: . . . . . in combination with a light integrating, concentrating or diffusing cavity
   T04N201/028E3: . . . . using an elongated light source, e.g. a fluorescent lamp
   T04N201/028E3B: . . . . . in combination with at least one reflector which is fixed in relation to the light source
   T04N201/028E3C: . . . . . in combination with a light guide, e.g. optical fibre, glass plate
   T04N201/028E3D: . . . . . in combination with a light integrating, concentrating or diffusing cavity
   T04N201/028E3F: . . . . . using an array of light sources or a combination of such arrays, e.g. an LED bar
   T04N201/028E3G: . . . . . using a tubular lamp or a combination of such lamps
   T04N201/028E3G2: . . . . . . comprising a reflective coating
   T04N201/028E4: . . . . using a two-dimensional light source
   T04N201/028E5: . . . . Means for compensating spatially uneven illumination, e.g. an aperture arrangement
   T04N201/028E5B: . . . . . Light diffusing elements, e.g. plates or filters
   T04N201/028E6: . . . . Additional elements in the illumination means or cooperating with the illumination means, e.g. filters
   T04N201/03: . . . deleted
   T04N201/031: . . . . deleted
   T04N201/031A: . . . . . using an array of elements to project the scanned image elements onto the photodetectors, e.g. a lens array
   T04N201/031A2: . . . . . . using an array of optical fibres or rod-lenses
   T04N201/031B: . . . . . Direct-contact pick-up heads, i.e. heads having no array of elements to project the scanned image elements onto the photodetectors
   T04N201/031C: . . . . . using photodetectors and illumination means mounted in the same plane on a common support or substrate
   T04N201/031D: . . . . . using photodetectors and illumination means mounted on separate supports or substrates or mounted in different planes
   T04N201/031D2: . . . . . . illuminating the scanned image elements through the plane of the photodetector, e.g. back-light illumination
   T04N201/031D3: . . . . . . detecting the scanned image elements through the plane of the illumination means
   T04N201/031E: . . . . . Integral pick-up heads, i.e. self-contained heads whose basic elements are a light source, a lens and a photodetector supported by a single-piece frame
   T04N201/031E2: . . . . . . Type of frame cross-section
   T04N201/031E2A: . . . . . . . Asymmetrical cavity, i.e. a cavity which is asymmetrical about the optical axis of the photodetector
   T04N201/031E2M: . . . . . . . Multiple cavities, i.e. a frame cross-section presenting multiple cavities excluding dead spaces
   T04N201/031E2R: . . . . . . . Rectangular cavity, e.g. open box-shape
   T04N201/031E2S: . . . . . . . Symmetrical cavity, i.e. a cavity which is symmetrical about the optical axis of the photodetector
   T04N201/031E2T: . . . . . . . Triangular cavity, i.e. comprising at least a cavity of substantially triangular shape
   T04N201/031E3: . . . . . . Components of integral heads
   T04N201/031E3C: . . . . . . . Light source
   T04N201/031E3D: . . . . . . . Light source lens
   T04N201/031E3E: . . . . . . . Reflecting element upstream of the scanned picture elements
   T04N201/031E3F: . . . . . . . Light guide upstream of the scanned picture elements
   T04N201/031E3G: . . . . . . . Transparent cover or transparent document support mounted on the head
   T04N201/031E3H: . . . . . . . Window, i.e. a transparent member mounted in the frame
   T04N201/031E3J: . . . . . . . Reflecting element downstream of the scanned picture elements
   T04N201/031E3K: . . . . . . . Photodetector lens
   T04N201/031E3L: . . . . . . . Photodetector
   T04N201/031E4: . . . . . . Details of integral heads not otherwise provided for
   T04N201/031E4B: . . . . . . . Additional internal supporting or reinforcing member
   T04N201/031E4C: . . . . . . . Heat radiator
   T04N201/031E4D: . . . . . . . Original guide plate
   T04N201/031E4E: . . . . . . . Additional light shielding member
   T04N201/031E4F: . . . . . . . Shape
   T04N201/031E4G: . . . . . . . Position
   T04N201/031E4H: . . . . . . . Frame
   T04N201/031E4J: . . . . . . . Material
   T04N201/031E4K: . . . . . . . Additional optical element
   T04N201/031E4L: . . . . . . . Adhesive element
   T04N201/031E4M: . . . . . . . Coating, e.g. light adsorbing layer
   T04N201/32C9R: . . . . Re-use with other documents, images or pages (DCM 0912)
   T04N201/32F6D: . . . . Controlling data flow to or from the memory in relation to the amount of data, e.g. file size (DCM 0906)
   T04N201/32H: . . Changing the task performed, e.g. reading and transmitting, receiving and reproducing, copying
   T04N201/32K5: . . . Arrangements for reducing operator input
   T04N201/34: . . for coin-freed systems or for pay systems (not used) (DCM 1001)
   T04N201/34C: . . . accounting or charging based on content (DCM 1001)
   T04N201/34F: . . . accounting or charging based on function or service used, e.g. copy, fax (DCM 1010)
   T04N201/34N: . . . accounting or charging based on number, e.g. of operations, copies produced (DCM 1001)
   T04N201/34T: . . . accounting or charging based on time and / or date (DCM 1001)
   T04N201/03B: . . . . using a bent optical path between the scanned line and the photodetector array, e.g. a folded optical path
   T04N201/03B2: . . . . . with the scanned line and the photodetector array lying in non-parallel planes
   T04N201/03B3: . . . . . with multiple folds of the optical path
   T04N201/03C: . . . . using a plurality of optical elements arrayed in the main scan direction, e.g. an array of lenses
   T04N201/03D: . . . . characterised by the design of the photodetectors, e.g. shape
   T04N201/04: Scanning arrangements (not used)
   T04N201/44S7: . . . key generation
   T04N201/047: . . Detection, control or error compensation of scanning velocity or position (not used)
   T04N201/047D: . . . Detection of scanning velocity or position (not used)
   T04N201/047D10: . . . . by detecting the scanning head or scanning carriage
   T04N201/047D11: . . . . by detecting the sheet support or the photoconductive surface directly
   T04N201/047D12: . . . . by detecting the image directly
   T04N201/047D13: . . . . by detecting the scanned beam or a reference beam
   T04N201/047D13B: . . . . . after modulation by a grating, mask or the like
   T04N201/047D14: . . . . by detecting synchronisation signals or driving signals, e.g. page sync
   T04N201/047D15: . . . . Detecting position relative to a gradient, e.g. using triangular-shaped masks, marks or gratings
   T04N201/047D16: . . . . Detecting position relative to a step, e.g. using L-shaped masks, marks or gratings
   T04N201/047D2: . . . . using the scanning elements as detectors, e.g. by performing a prescan
   T04N201/047D2C: . . . . . using inactive scanning elements, e.g. elements outside the scanning area
   T04N201/047D2C2: . . . . . . which undergo the same scanning as the active elements in at least one direction
   T04N201/047D2C3: . . . . . . which remain outside the scanned image area
   T04N201/047D3: . . . . using dedicated detectors
   T04N201/047D3B: . . . . . using unbroken arrays of detectors, i.e. detectors mounted on the same substrate
   T04N201/047D3D: . . . . . Details of the detector arrangement, e.g. non-standard position, optical details
   T04N201/047D4: . . . . by detecting marks or the like, e.g. slits
   T04N201/047D4C: . . . . . on the scanned sheet, e.g. a reference sheet
   T04N201/047D4C2: . . . . . . outside the image area
   T04N201/047D4D: . . . . . on or adjacent the sheet support
   T04N201/047D4E: . . . . . on a photoconductive drum or belt
   T04N201/047D4F: . . . . . on a separate encoder wheel
   T04N201/047D4F2: . . . . . . connected to the sub-scanning drive means
   T04N201/047D4G: . . . . . on a linear encoder
   T04N201/047D5: . . . . in the main-scan direction
   T04N201/047D6: . . . . in the sub-scan direction
   T04N201/047D7: . . . . Detecting at infrequent intervals, e.g. once or twice per line for main-scan control
   T04N201/047D8: . . . . Detecting at frequent intervals, e.g. once per line for sub-scan control
   T04N201/047D8B: . . . . . with varying intervals between consecutive detections
   T04N201/047D9: . . . . by detecting the scanned medium directly, e.g. a leading edge
   T04N201/047E: . . . Control or error compensation of scanning position or velocity (not used)
   T04N201/047E2: . . . . by controlling the position or movement of a scanning element or carriage, e.g. of a polygonal mirror, of a drive motor
   T04N201/047E3: . . . . by controlling the position or movement of the sheet, the sheet support or the photoconductive surface
   T04N201/047E4: . . . . by controlling the position of the scanned image area
   T04N201/047E4B: . . . . . using an optical, electro-optical or acousto-optical element
   T04N201/047E4B2: . . . . . . using a reflecting element
   T04N201/047E4B3: . . . . . . using a refracting element
   T04N201/047E4B4: . . . . . . using a solid-state deflector, e.g. an acousto-optic deflector
   T04N201/047E4C: . . . . . by controlling the timing of the signals, e.g. by controlling the frequency o phase of the pixel clock
   T04N201/047E4C2: . . . . . . Controlling the frequency of the signals
   T04N201/047E4C2B: . . . . . . . using a clock signal composed from a number of clock signals of different frequencies
   T04N201/047E4C2C: . . . . . . . using a phase-locked loop
   T04N201/047E4C2D: . . . . . . . using a reference clock or oscillator
   T04N201/047E4C2E: . . . . . . . using a counter
   T04N201/047E4C2F: . . . . . . . using a voltage controlled oscillator
   T04N201/047E4C2G: . . . . . . . using a clock signal composed from a number of clock signals of different phase
   T04N201/047E4C3: . . . . . . Controlling the phase of the signals
   T04N201/047E4C3A: . . . . . . . using a clock signal composed from a number of clock signals of different frequencies
   T04N201/047E4C3B: . . . . . . . using one or more clock signals selected from a number of clock signals of different phases
   T04N201/047E4C3C: . . . . . . . Controlling a start time, e.g. for output of a line of data
   T04N201/047E4D: . . . . . by changing or controlling the addresses or values of pixels, e.g. in an array, in a memory, by interpolation
   T04N201/047E5: . . . . in the main-scan direction
   T04N201/047E6: . . . . in the sub-scan direction
   T04N201/047E7: . . . . using stored control or compensation data, e.g. previously measured data
   T04N201/047E9: . . . . Varying the control or compensation during the scan, e.g. using continuous feedback or from line to line
   T04N201/047E9B: . . . . . Varying the sub-scan control during the main-scan, e.g. for correcting skew, tilt or bow of a scanning beam
   T04N201/047E9C: . . . . . Varying the main-scan control during the main-scan, e.g. facet tracking
   T04N201/047F: . . . Indicating the scanning velocity
   T04N201/04B: . . Arrangements not specific to a particular one of the scanning methods covered by groups H04N1/04 to H04N1/207 (not used)
   T04N201/04B10: . . . Scanning non-straight lines
   T04N201/04B11: . . . Scanning an image in a series of contiguous zones
   T04N201/04B12: . . . Stabilising the scanning parts; Preventing vibrations
   T04N201/04B13: . . . Viewing the scanned area
   T04N201/04B14: . . . Adjusting the orientation of the scanning elements relative to the scanned sheet, e.g. changing from longitudinal to lateral scanning
   T04N201/04B15: . . . specially adapted for scanning pages of a book
   T04N201/04B16: . . . Scanning a picture-bearing surface lying face up on a support (T04N201/04B15 takes precedence; using cylindrical picture bearing surfaces H04N1/06; with manual scanning H04N1/107)
   T04N201/04B17: . . . Scanning displays; Scanning large surfaces, e.g. projection screens, writing boards
   T04N201/04B18: . . . Moving a scanning element into cooperation with a calibration element, e.g. a grey-wedge mounted on the document support, or vice versa
   T04N201/04B19: . . . Details of scanning carriage or moving picture-bearing surface support, e.g. bearing contact with guide rails
   T04N201/04B20: . . . for securing moveable scanning components, e.g. for transportation
   T04N201/04B21: . . . Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. mounting of scanning components
   T04N201/04B22: . . . for positioning scanning elements not otherwise provided for; Aligning, e.g. using an alignment calibration pattern (arrangements for positioning elements within a scanning head T04N301/024E)
   T04N201/04B23: . . . Mounting the scanning elements in a collapsible or foldable structure, e.g. for ease of transportation
   T04N201/04B24: . . . Indicating the scanned area, e.g. by projecting light marks onto the medium
   T04N201/04B25: . . . for increasing the scanning speed
   T04N201/04B26: . . . for maintaining a predetermined distance between the scanning elements and the picture-bearing surface
   T04N201/04B27: . . . Additional arrangements for improving or optimising scanning resolution or quality
   T04N201/04B28: . . . Actively compensating for disturbances, e.g. vibrations
   T04N201/04B29: . . . for reducing inactive scanning periods, e.g. increasing speed of carriage during return movement
   T04N201/04B3: . . . Scanning transparent media, e.g. photographic film
   T04N201/04B30: . . . Self-propelled scanners, e.g. robotic scanners, means for propulsion integrated in the scanner carriage
   T04N201/04B31: . . . Selectively scanning in one or the other of two opposite directions, e.g. in the forward or the reverse direction
   T04N201/04B31B: . . . . Scanning in both of the two directions, e.g. during the forward and return movements
   T04N201/04B3B: . . . . Scanning slides
   T04N201/04B3C: . . . . Scanning film strips or rolls
   T04N201/04B3D: . . . . Scanning microfilms or microfiches
   T04N201/04B3E: . . . . Scanning X-ray films
   T04N201/04B4: . . . Scanning an image in a series of overlapping zones
   T04N201/04B5: . . . Performing a pre-scan
   T04N201/04B7: . . . capable of scanning transmissive and reflective originals at a single scanning station
   T04N201/04B8: . . . capable of using different scanning methods at a single scanning station
   T04N201/04B9: . . . Media holders, covers, supports, backgrounds; Arrangements to facilitate placing of the medium
   T04N201/04D: . . Scanning different formats; Scanning with different densities of dots per unit length, e.g. different numbers of dpi; Conversion of scanning standards (not used)
   T04N201/04D2: . . . Different formats, e.g. A3 and A4
   T04N201/04D3: . . . Different densities of dots per unit length
   T04N201/04D3B: . . . . in the main scanning direction
   T04N201/04D3C: . . . . in the sub scanning direction
   T04N201/04D4: . . . Conversion of standards
   T04N201/04D7: . . . Details of the method used
   T04N201/04D7B: . . . . Switching between or selecting from a plurality of optical paths
   T04N201/04D7C: . . . . using different sized scanning elements, e.g. reproducing different sized dots
   T04N201/04D7D: . . . . Varying the size of apertures
   T04N201/04D7E: . . . . Varying the magnification of a single lens group
   T04N201/04D7F: . . . . Optical element switching, e.g. switching lenses into a single optical path
   T04N201/04D7G: . . . . Tilting an array
   T04N201/04D7H: . . . . Tilting an optical element
   T04N201/04D7J: . . . . Varying the scanning velocity or position
   T04N201/04D7K: . . . . Varying the modulation time or intensity
   T04N201/04D7L: . . . . using different sets of scanning elements, e.g. for different formats
   T04N201/04D7L2: . . . . . mounted on the same support or substrate
   T04N201/04D7M: . . . . using a single set of scanning elements, e.g. the whole of and a part of an array respectively for different formats
   T04N201/04D7M2: . . . . . using different portions of the scanning elements for different formats or densities of dots
   T04N201/04G: . . capable of performing non-simultaneous scanning at more than one scanning station (not used)
   T04N201/04G2: . . . the different stations being used for transmissive and reflective originals
   T04N201/06: . . using cylindrical picture-bearing surfaces (not used)
   T04N201/06C: . . . Scanning a concave surface (not used)
   T04N201/06C1: . . . . with main-scanning by rotation of the picture-bearing surface
   T04N201/06C2: . . . . using a picture-bearing surface stationary in the main-scanning direction
   T04N201/06C2B: . . . . . using several scanning heads radially spaced from one another and circumferentially aligned, e.g. mounted on a rotating disk
   T04N201/06C2C: . . . . . using oscillating or rotating mirrors
   T04N201/06C2D: . . . . . Scanners capable of scanning the total circumference of a closed cylinder
   T04N201/06C2E: . . . . . using rotating prisms
   T04N201/06E: . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of the picture-bearing surface
   T04N201/06F: . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of the main-scanning components
   T04N201/06F3: . . . . using a lead screw or worm
   T04N201/06F4: . . . . using a belt or cable
   T04N201/06G: . . . Details of the cylindrical surface
   T04N201/08: . . . Mechanisms for mounting or holding the sheet around the drum (not used)
   T04N201/08B: . . . . Holding methods
   T04N201/08B1: . . . . . Holding corners of the sheet
   T04N201/08B2: . . . . . Holding sides of the sheet which are substantially parallel to the drum axis
   T04N201/08B3: . . . . . Holding sides of the sheet which are substantially perpendicular to the drum axis
   T04N201/08B4: . . . . . Holding substantially the whole of the sheet, e.g. with a retaining sheet
   T04N201/08B5: . . . . . Holding or supporting the sheet in the vicinity of the scanning element
   T04N201/08C: . . . . Holding means (not used)
   T04N201/08C1: . . . . . Flexible holding means, e.g. envelopes, sheaths
   T04N201/08C10: . . . . . for holding a sheet adjacent an aperture in an opaque drum
   T04N201/08C2: . . . . . Mechanical clamps, i.e. means for holding the sheet against the drum by mechanical force
   T04N201/08C3: . . . . . Pins or the like
   T04N201/08C4: . . . . . Magnetic means
   T04N201/08C5: . . . . . Adhesive means
   T04N201/08C6: . . . . . Suction or vacuum means
   T04N201/08C6B: . . . . . . using grooves
   T04N201/08C7: . . . . . Single holding means holding both ends of a sheet
   T04N201/08C8: . . . . . capable of holding different sized sheets
   T04N201/08C9: . . . . . for holding the sheet on the internal surface of the drum
   T04N201/08D: . . . . Registering or guiding means other than the holding means
   T04N201/08E: . . . . Mounting the sheet from a roll
   T04N201/08F: . . . . Detecting failure of the holding, e.g. by detecting a loose sheet
   T04N201/08G: . . . . Means other than holding means for removing the sheet form the drum
   T04N201/10: . . using flat picture-bearing surfaces (not used)
   T04N201/107: . . . with manual scanning (not used)
   T04N201/107A: . . . . using a folded light path
   T04N201/107B: . . . . Means for guiding the scanning, e.g. rules
   T04N201/107C: . . . . Apparatus incorporating a hardcopy reproducing device, e.g. a printer, not working directly by manual scanning
   T04N201/107D: . . . . Arrangements for facilitating holding of the scanner, e.g. shapes, grips
   T04N201/107E: . . . . Arrangements for facilitating movement over the scanned medium, e.g. disposition of rollers
   T04N201/107F: . . . . by moving the scanned medium
   T04N201/10F: . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of at least a part of the main-scanning components (not used)
   T04N201/10F3: . . . . using a lead screw or worm
   T04N201/10F4: . . . . using a belt or cable
   T04N201/10F5: . . . . by engaging a rail
   T04N201/10F6: . . . . by other means, e.g. linear motor, hydraulic system
   T04N201/10F9: . . . . Movement of the main scanning components
   T04N201/10F9B: . . . . . of a sensor array
   T04N201/10F9C: . . . . . of a lens or lens arrangement
   T04N201/10F9D: . . . . . of a mirror
   T04N201/10F9D2: . . . . . . of two or more separate mirror arrangements
   T04N201/10T: . . . Details relating to flat picture-bearing surfaces, e.g. transparent platen
   T04N201/10T2: . . . . Support or mounting of the flat picture-bearing surface
   T04N201/12: . . using the sheet-feed movement or the medium-advance or the drum-rotation movement as the slow scanning component (not used)
   T04N201/12D: . . . Details of the sheet feeding (not used)
   T04N201/12D3: . . . . using a feed belt
   T04N201/12D6: . . . . Means for maintaining contact between the sheet and the image sensor, e.g. pressing means
   T04N201/12D7: . . . . Using a dedicated sheet guide elemen
   T04N201/12D8: . . . . Feeding a sheet past a transparent plate; Details thereof
   T04N201/12D8B: . . . . . Plate shape
   T04N201/12D8C: . . . . . Arrangements for mounting or holding the plate
   T04N201/12D9: . . . . the sheet feeding apparatus serving an auxiliary function, e.g. as a white reference
   T04N201/12F: . . . Electronic copy boards
   T04N201/12K: . . . Arrangements for the main scanning
   T04N201/12K2: . . . . using a holographic scanning element
   T04N201/12K3: . . . . using a cathode ray tube or the like
   T04N201/12K4: . . . . using a solid-state deflector, e.g. an acousto-optic deflector, a semiconductor waveguide device
   T04N201/12K5: . . . . using a scanning head arranged for linear reciprocating motion
   T04N201/12K6: . . . . using apertures arranged in a spiral
   T04N201/12K7: . . . . using an element rotating or oscillating about an axis not covered by any other group or code
   T04N201/12K8: . . . . using an optical guide, e.g. a fibre-optic bundle, between the scanned line and the scanning elements
   T04N201/19: . . using multi-element arrays (not used)
   T04N201/191: . . . the array comprising a one-dimensional array, or a combination of one-dimensional arrays, or a substantially one-dimensional array, e.g. an array of staggered elements (not used)
   T04N201/191B: . . . . Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously scanning picture elements on more than one main scanning line, e.g. scanning in swaths (not used)
   T04N201/191B5: . . . . . Scanning adjacent picture elements in different scans of the array, e.g. in complementary checkerboard patterns
   T04N201/191B5D: . . . . . . with subscan displacement of the array between successive scans
   T04N201/191B8: . . . . . using an array of elements displaced from one another in the main scan direction, e.g. diagonally arranged array
   T04N201/191B8B: . . . . . . Staggered element arrays
   T04N201/191B9: . . . . . Combination of arrays
   T04N201/192: . . . . Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously scanning picture elements on one main scanning line (not used)
   T04N201/193: . . . . . using electrically scanned linear arrays (not used)
   T04N201/193P: . . . . . . using an array of elements displaced from one another in the sub scan direction, e.g. diagonally arranged array
   T04N201/193P2: . . . . . . . Staggered element arrays
   T04N201/193Q: . . . . . . Combination of arrays
   T04N201/193R: . . . . . . Optical means for mapping the whole or part of a scanned line onto the array
   T04N201/193R2: . . . . . . . using a light guide, e.g. an optical fibre bundle or array
   T04N201/193R3: . . . . . . . using a reflecting element, e.g. a mirror, a prism
   T04N201/193S: . . . . . . Details of the electrical scanning
   T04N201/195: . . . the array comprising a two-dimensional array or a combination of two-dimensional arrays (not used)
   T04N201/195B: . . . . Scanning picture elements spaced apart from one another in at least one direction (not used)
   T04N201/195B1: . . . . . in one direction
   T04N201/195B2: . . . . . in two directions
   T04N201/195B4: . . . . . Arrangements for moving the elements of the array relative to the scanned image or vice versa
   T04N201/195B4B: . . . . . . Optical means
   T04N201/195B4B2: . . . . . . . Reflecting elements
   T04N201/195B4B3: . . . . . . . Refracting elements
   T04N201/195B4B4: . . . . . . . Fibre bundles
   T04N201/195B4B5: . . . . . . . Apertures
   T04N201/195B4B6: . . . . . . . Rotation of optical elements
   T04N201/195B4B6B: . . . . . . . . about an axis parallel to the optical axis
   T04N201/195B4B6C: . . . . . . . . about an axis perpendicular to the optical axis
   T04N201/195B4C: . . . . . . Displacing the array
   T04N201/195B4D: . . . . . . Displacing the scanned image
   T04N201/195B4H: . . . . . . Hybrid systems
   T04N201/195Q: . . . . Combination of arrays
   T04N201/195R: . . . . Optical means, e.g. an optical fibre bundle, for mapping the whole or a part of a scanned image onto the array
   T04N201/195S: . . . . using a television camera or a still video camera
   T04N201/19A: . . . Arrangements for enabling electronic abutment of lines or areas independently scanned by different elements of an array or by different arrays
   T04N201/19S: . . . Arrangements for performing substitution scanning for a defective element
   T04N201/203: . . Simultaneous scanning of two or more separate pictures, e.g. two sides of the same sheet (not used)
   T04N201/203P: . . . of two pictures corresponding to two sides of a single medium
   T04N201/203P2: . . . . at identical corresponding positions, i.e. without time delay between the two image signals
   T04N201/203Q: . . . of a plurality of pictures corresponding to a single side of a plurality of media
   T04N201/203Q2: . . . . lying in the same plane
   T04N201/21: Intermediate information storage (not used)
   T04N201/21B: . . for one or a few pictures (not used)
   T04N201/21B3: . . . using still video cameras (not used)
   T04N201/21B3B: . . . . Picture signal recording combined with imagewise, e.g. photographic, recording
   T04N201/21B3C: . . . . Motion video recording combined with still video recording
   T04N201/21B3D: . . . . Display of information relating to the still picture recording
   T04N201/21B3E: . . . . Recording in, or reproducing from, a specific memory area or areas; Recording or reproducing at a specific moment
   T04N201/21B3E3: . . . . . Recording or reproducing at a specific moment, e.g. time interval, time-lapse
   T04N201/21B3F: . . . . with temporary storage before final recording, e.g. in a frame buffer
   T04N201/21B3F2: . . . . . in a multi-frame buffer
   T04N201/21B3G: . . . . Recording a sequence of still pictures
   T04N201/21B3H: . . . . the still video camera incorporating a hardcopy reproducing device, e.g. a printer
   T04N201/21B7: . . . using a detachable storage unit
   T04N201/21B8: . . . using a non electronic storage unit, e.g. by recording marks on a sheet
   T04N201/21C: . . for mass storage, e.g. in document filing systems (not used)
   T04N201/21C3: . . . Interfaces allowing access to a plurality of users, e.g. connection to electronic image libraries (not used)
   T04N201/21C3Q: . . . . the stored images being distributed among a plurality of different locations, e.g. among a plurality of users
   T04N201/21C3R: . . . . with image input from a plurality of different locations or from a non-central location, e.g. from one or more users
   T04N201/21C3S: . . . . for simultaneous, independent access by a plurality of different users
   T04N201/21C9: . . . with temporary storage before final recording or on play-back, e.g. in a frame buffer
   T04N201/21P: . . Selecting different recording or reproducing modes, e.g. high or low resolution, field or frame
   T04N201/21Q: . . Checking or indicating the storage space
   T04N201/21S: . . Arrangements for recording on different types of storage medium, e.g. IC card or magnetic tape; Recording on a plurality of storage media
   T04N201/21T: . . Deletion of stored data; Preventing such deletion
   T04N201/23: Reproducing arrangements (not used)
   T04N201/23B: . . Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device, according to a measured quantity (not used)
   T04N201/23B1: . . . according to characteristics of the reproducing apparatus, e.g. capability
   T04N201/23B10: . . . for fitting data onto a particular reproducing medium without modifying the image data
   T04N201/23B11: . . . for displaying or indicating, e.g. a condition or state
   T04N201/23B2: . . . according to characteristics of the reproducing medium, e.g. type, size, availability
   T04N201/23B3: . . . according to characteristics of the data to be reproduced, e.g. number of lines
   T04N201/23B4: . . . according to user specified instructions, e.g. user selection of reproduction mode
   T04N201/23B5: . . . according to a detected condition or state of the reproducing device, e.g. temperature, ink quantity
   T04N201/23B6: . . . Selecting a particular reproducing medium from amongst a plurality of media or from a particular tray, e.g. paper or transparency
   T04N201/23B7: . . . Selecting a particular reproducing device from amongst a plurality of devices, e.g. high or low resolution devices
   T04N201/23B8: . . . Selecting a particular reproducing mode from amongst a plurality of modes, e.g. paper saving or normal, simplex or duplex
   T04N201/23B9: . . . Inhibiting or interrupting a particular operation or device
   T04N201/32: Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device (not used)
   T04N201/327: . . Initiating, continuing or ending a single-mode communication; Handshaking therefor (not used)
   T04N201/327C: . . . Establishing a communication with one of a facsimile or another telecommunication apparatus sharing a single line (not used)
   T04N201/327C2: . . . . Type of the other apparatus (not used)
   T04N201/327C2B: . . . . . Telephone
   T04N201/327C2C: . . . . . Telephone answering machine
   T04N201/327C2D: . . . . . Data transmission device, e.g. telex transceiver
   T04N201/327C3: . . . . Detecting (not used)
   T04N201/327C3A: . . . . . a calling tone (CI)
   T04N201/327C3B: . . . . . a facsimile calling signal (CNG)
   T04N201/327C3C: . . . . . facsimile protocol signals, e.g. DCS, TSI
   T04N201/327C3D: . . . . . speech signals
   T04N201/327C3E: . . . . . signals other than facsimile protocol signals, e.g. DTMF signals
   T04N201/327C3F: . . . . . an off-hook condition
   T04N201/327C3G: . . . . . a loop current
   T04N201/327C3H: . . . . . within a predetermined time
   T04N201/327C3J: . . . . . Maintaining the detecting operation after an apparatus has been connected to the line
   T04N201/327C3K: . . . . . a state or mode of the facsimile apparatus
   T04N201/327C4: . . . . Generating signals (not used)
   T04N201/327C4B: . . . . . Generating ringing or calling signals or tones
   T04N201/327C4C: . . . . . Generating ring-back signals or tones
   T04N201/327C4D: . . . . . Generating messages, indications or warnings locally
   T04N201/327C5: . . . . Controlling the connection of the apparatus (not used)
   T04N201/327C5B: . . . . . Giving priority to one of the apparatus
   T04N201/327C5C: . . . . . Manual connection of one of the apparatus other than by putting a telephone off-hook
   T04N201/327C5D: . . . . . Automatically connecting another apparatus when a first one has finished
   T04N201/327C5E: . . . . . Inhibiting connection of another apparatus when a first one is connected
   T04N201/327C6: . . . . Sending a voice message other than from a telephone answering machine
   T04N201/327C7: . . . . Ring suppression
   T04N201/327C8: . . . . Supplying power to the apparatus
   T04N201/327F: . . . Initiating a communication
   T04N201/327F1: . . . . in response to a reception signal
   T04N201/327F2: . . . . in response to a user operation, e.g. actuating a switch
   T04N201/327F3: . . . . in response to detection of an original
   T04N201/327F4: . . . . in response to a transmitted request, e.g. for a particular document
   T04N201/327F4D: . . . . . using an interactive, user operated device, e.g. a computer terminal, mobile telephone
   T04N201/327F4M: . . . . . using a mark-sheet or machine-readable code request
   T04N201/327F4P: . . . . . using a protocol or handshaking signal, e.g. non-standard set-up (NSS)
   T04N201/327F4T: . . . . . using a tone or pulse-coded request
   T04N201/327F4V: . . . . . using a voice request
   T04N201/327G: . . . Ending a communication
   T04N201/327H: . . . Details of handshaking
   T04N201/327H2: . . . . Arrangements for reducing the handshaking procedure or protocol time
   T04N201/327P: . . . Controlling a receiver or transmitter non-communication function in response to a communication control signal
   T04N201/327R: . . . Arrangements for keeping the communication line open
   T04N201/327S: . . . Systems adapted to communicate over more than one channel, e.g. via ISDN
   T04N201/32A: . . Automation of particular receiver jobs (not used)
   T04N201/32A2: . . . Rejecting unwanted calls
   T04N201/32A3: . . . according to the caller's identification, e.g. fax number
   T04N201/32A4: . . . according to the type of received information
   T04N201/32A5: . . . Changing the receiver mode of operation, e.g. paper reception to memory reception or vice versa
   T04N201/32A6: . . . Polling of transmitters
   T04N201/32B: . . Automation of particular transmitter jobs, e.g. multi-address calling, auto-dialing (not used)
   T04N201/32B10: . . . according to the called number
   T04N201/32B11: . . . Checking the destination, e.g. correspondence of manual input with stored destination
   T04N201/32B3: . . . Auto-dialing; Auto-calling
   T04N201/32B4: . . . Delayed transmission, e.g. to make use of reduced connection rates
   T04N201/32B5: . . . Abbreviated dialing, e.g. one-touch dialing
   T04N201/32B6: . . . Multi-address calling
   T04N201/32B6B: . . . . simultaneously to a plurality of destinations, e.g. multi-casting
   T04N201/32B7: . . . Redialing, e.g. after failure to make a connection
   T04N201/32B8: . . . Transmitting a plurality of separate messages to a common destination in a single transmission
   T04N201/32B9: . . . Automation of other tasks, e.g. repetitive execution, sequencing
   T04N201/32C: . . Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
   T04N201/32C1: . . . of communication or activity log or report [M1205]
   T04N201/32C10: . . . Transmission
   T04N201/32C12: . . . Processing of the additional information
   T04N201/32C12B: . . . . Encryption; Ciphering
   T04N201/32C12C: . . . . Compression
   T04N201/32C12D: . . . . for error correction
   T04N201/32C13: . . . Selecting an additional information profile; Storage of profile, e.g. different profile for different user ID
   T04N201/32C19: . . . Embedded in the image data, i.e. enclosed or integrated in the image, e.g. watermark, super-imposed logo or stamp
   T04N201/32C19B: . . . . Methods relating to embedding, encoding, decoding, detection or retrieval operations
   T04N201/32C19B10: . . . . . Fragile embedding or watermarking
   T04N201/32C19B11: . . . . . Informed embedding, i.e. the original image being known for the encoding or decoding method
   T04N201/32C19B12: . . . . . Blind embedding, i.e. the original image not being known beforehand
   T04N201/32C19B13: . . . . . Reversible embedding, i.e. lossless, invertible, erasable, removable or distorsion-free embedding
   T04N201/32C19B2: . . . . . Transform domain methods
   T04N201/32C19B2B: . . . . . . using Fourier transforms
   T04N201/32C19B2C: . . . . . . using cosine transforms
   T04N201/32C19B2D: . . . . . . using wavelet transforms
   T04N201/32C19B2E: . . . . . . using Walsh, Hadamard or Walsh-Hadamard transforms
   T04N201/32C19B2F: . . . . . . using Karhunen-Loeve transforms
   T04N201/32C19B2S: . . . . . . with selective or adaptive application of the additional information, e.g. in selected frequency coefficients
   T04N201/32C19B2S2: . . . . . . . according to calculated or estimated visibility of the additional information in the image
   T04N201/32C19B2S3: . . . . . . . according to the spatial domain characteristics of the transform domain components
   T04N201/32C19B3: . . . . . Spatial or amplitude domain methods
   T04N201/32C19B3B: . . . . . . involving changing the magniude of selected pixels, e.g. overlay of information or super-imposition (T04N201/32C19B3C, T04N201/32C19B3D take precedence)
   T04N201/32C19B3B3: . . . . . . . Modulating the least significant bits of pixels
   T04N201/32C19B3C: . . . . . . involving changing the position of selected pixels, e.g. word shifting; involving modulating the size of image components, e.g. characters
   T04N201/32C19B3D: . . . . . . Replacing pixels of an image with other pixels from the same image, e.g. texture block coding
   T04N201/32C19B3E: . . . . . . with selective or adaptive application of the additional information, e.g. in selected regions of the image
   T04N201/32C19B3E2: . . . . . . . in highly textured regions
   T04N201/32C19B3E3: . . . . . . . in edge regions
   T04N201/32C19B3E4: . . . . . . . Random or pseudorandom selection of pixels
   T04N201/32C19B3G: . . . . . . in multilevel data, e.g. greyscale or continuous tone data (T04N201/32C19B3B3 takes precedence)
   T04N201/32C19B3H: . . . . . . in halftone data
   T04N201/32C19B3J: . . . . . . in binary data
   T04N201/32C19B4: . . . . . combined with processing of the image
   T04N201/32C19B4B: . . . . . . Encryption; Ciphering
   T04N201/32C19B4C: . . . . . . Compression
   T04N201/32C19B4D: . . . . . . Hashing
   T04N201/32C19B6: . . . . . Multiple embedding, e.g. cocktail embedding; Redundant embedding, e.g. repeating the additional information at a plurality of locations in the image
   T04N201/32C19B6B: . . . . . . Repeating the additional information in a regular pattern
   T04N201/32C19B6C: . . . . . . using more than one embedding method
   T04N201/32C19B6D: . . . . . . Embedding different sets of additional information
   T04N201/32C19B7: . . . . . in colour image data
   T04N201/32C19B8: . . . . . Selecting a particular method from amongst a plurality of methods
   T04N201/32C19B9: . . . . . Robust embedding or watermarking
   T04N201/32C19B9B: . . . . . . the embedded data being visible
   T04N201/32C19C: . . . . Arrangements to facilitate detection or retrieval of the embedded information, e.g. using markers; Controlling detectability
   T04N201/32C2: . . . of data relating to a user, sender, addressee, machine or electronic recording medium
   T04N201/32C2B: . . . . of identification information, e.g. name or ID code
   T04N201/32C2C: . . . . of an address
   T04N201/32C2C2: . . . . . of an e-mail or network address
   T04N201/32C2D: . . . . of a telephone number
   T04N201/32C2E: . . . . of a company logo or the like
   T04N201/32C3: . . . of data relating to a job, e.g. communication, capture or filing of an image
   T04N201/32C3B: . . . . of a date
   T04N201/32C3C: . . . . of a time or duration
   T04N201/32C3D: . . . . of a job size, e.g. a number of images, pages or copies, size of file, length of message
   T04N201/32C3E: . . . . of a confirmation, acknowledgement or receipt
   T04N201/32C3F: . . . . of a job status, e.g. successful execution
   T04N201/32C3G: . . . . of a job number or identification, e.g. communication number
   T04N201/32C3H: . . . . of processing required or performed, e.g. forwarding, urgent or confidential handling
   T04N201/32C3J: . . . . of type information, e.g. reception or copy job
   T04N201/32C4: . . . of data relating to an image, a page or a document
   T04N201/32C4B: . . . . of identification information or the like, e.g. ID code, index, title, part of an image, reduced-size image
   T04N201/32C4B2: . . . . . further additional information (metadata) being comprised in the identification information
   T04N201/32C4B2F: . . . . . . further additional information (metadata) being comprised in the file name (including path, e.g. directory or folder names at one or more higher hierarchical levels)
   T04N201/32C4B3: . . . . . for tracing or tracking, e.g. forensic tracing of unauthorized copies
   T04N201/32C4C: . . . . of a page, copy or picture number
   T04N201/32C4D: . . . . of authentication information, e.g. digital signature, watermark
   T04N201/32C4D2: . . . . . Checking or certification of the authentication information, e.g. by comparison with data stored independently
   T04N201/32C4D3: . . . . . Details of authentication information generation
   T04N201/32C4D3S: . . . . . . using a coded or compressed version of the image data itself
   T04N201/32C4D4: . . . . . using a plurality of different authentication information
   T04N201/32C4D5: . . . . . Selecting a particular authentication information from amongst a plurality of different authentication information
   T04N201/32C4D6: . . . . . for tracing or tracking, e.g. forensic tracing of unauthorized copies
   T04N201/32C4E: . . . . of processing required or performed, e.g. for reproduction or before recording
   T04N201/32C4F: . . . . of type information, e.g. handwritten or text document
   T04N201/32C4G: . . . . of image modifying data, e.g. handwritten addenda, highlights or augmented reality information
   T04N201/32C4H: . . . . of data relating to permitted access or usage, e.g. level of access or usage parameters for digital rights management (DRM) related to still images
   T04N201/32C4K: . . . . Data linking a set of images to one another, e.g. sequence, burst or continuous capture mode
   T04N201/32C4L: . . . . data relating to a linked page or object, e.g. hyperlink
   T04N201/32C4M: . . . . Modified version of the image, e.g. part of the image, image reduced in size or resolution, thumbnail or screennail
   T04N201/32C4N: . . . . Image capture parameters, e.g. resolution, illumination conditions, orientation of the image capture device
   T04N201/32C4P: . . . . Position information, e.g. geographical position at time of capture, GPS data
   T04N201/32C4Q: . . . . Orientation, e.g. landscape or portrait; Location or order of the image data, e.g. in memory
   T04N201/32C4R: . . . . colour related metadata, e.g. colour, ICC profiles
   T04N201/32C4R2: . . . . . relating to the original, the input device or the input process, e.g. scanner profile
   T04N201/32C4R4: . . . . . relating to the image, page or document, e.g. intended colours
   T04N201/32C4R6: . . . . . relating to the rendering or output medium, device or process, e.g. monitor, paper or printer profile
   T04N201/32C5: . . . of multimedia information, e.g. a sound signal
   T04N201/32C5M: . . . . of a graphical motif or symbol, e.g. Christmas symbol, logo
   T04N201/32C5S: . . . . of sound signals
   T04N201/32C5T: . . . . of text or character information, e.g. text accompanying an image
   T04N201/32C5V: . . . . of motion picture signals, e.g. video clip
   T04N201/32C6: . . . of machine readable codes or marks, e.g. bar codes or glyphs
   T04N201/32C6B: . . . . which are undetectable to the naked eye, e.g. embedded codes
   T04N201/32C7: . . . Printing or stamping
   T04N201/32C8: . . . Display
   T04N201/32C9: . . . Storage or retrieval of prestored additional information
   T04N201/32C9B: . . . . of a customised additional information profile, e.g. a profile specific to a user ID
   T04N201/32C9D: . . . . The additional information being stored in the same storage device as the image data
   T04N201/32F: . . using picture signal storage, e.g. at transmitter (not used)
   T04N201/32F1: . . . at the transmitter or at the receiver (not used)
   T04N201/32F10: . . . Storage for making a plurality of copies or reproductions
   T04N201/32F11: . . . alternate storage in and retrieval from two parallel memories, e.g. using ping-pong buffers
   T04N201/32F12: . . . Simultaneous use of a single memory for different image storage purposes
   T04N201/32F14: . . . Checking or indicating the storage space
   T04N201/32F1B: . . . . Functions of a still picture terminal memory associated with transmission
   T04N201/32F1B2: . . . . . Storage subsequent to an attempted transmission
   T04N201/32F1C: . . . . Functions of a still picture terminal memory associated with reception
   T04N201/32F1C2: . . . . . Storage subsequent to an attempted output at the receiver, e.g. in case of printer malfunction
   T04N201/32F1C3: . . . . . Forwarding facsimile messages, e.g. to an absent recipient
   T04N201/32F1C4: . . . . . Informing an absent addressee of receipt
   T04N201/32F2: . . . intermediate the transmitter and receiver terminals, e.g. at an exchange (not used)
   T04N201/32F2R: . . . . in connection with routing or relaying, e.g. using a fax-server or a store-and-forward facility
   T04N201/32F2R2: . . . . . Handling instructions for routing or relaying
   T04N201/32F2R2B: . . . . . . Storage of instructions or retrieval of prestored instructions
   T04N201/32F2R2C: . . . . . . Reprocessing messages, e.g. in case the intended destination is busy
   T04N201/32F2R3: . . . . . Optimising routing, e.g. for minimum cost
   T04N201/32F2S: . . . . in a particular memory file for retrieval by the user, e.g. in a facsimile mailbox
   T04N201/32F2S2: . . . . . Informing the addressee of reception
   T04N201/32F3: . . . Storage of at least one complete document page or image frame
   T04N201/32F4: . . . Storage of two or more complete document pages or image frames
   T04N201/32F5: . . . Storage of less than a complete document page or image frame
   T04N201/32F5B: . . . . of less than a complete line of data
   T04N201/32F5C: . . . . of one or two complete lines
   T04N201/32F5D: . . . . of several complete lines, e.g. a band of data
   T04N201/32F6: . . . with asynchronous operation of the image input and output devices connected to the memory
   T04N201/32F6B: . . . . Controlling data flow to or from the memory in relation to the available memory capacity
   T04N201/32F7: . . . for changing the arrangement of the stored data
   T04N201/32F7B: . . . . Changing the arrangement of pages or documents, e.g. for producing pages to be bound
   T04N201/32F7C: . . . . Changing the arrangement of data in a page, e.g. reversing the order to produce a mirror image
   T04N201/32F7D: . . . . Changing the format of the data, e.g. parallel to serial or vice versa
   T04N201/32F8: . . . Storage of at least a part of one of two image bearing sides of a single sheet, e.g. for two sided copying
   T04N201/32F9: . . . Deletion of stored data; Preventing such deletion
   T04N201/32J: . . in systems having a plurality of input or output devices (not used)
   T04N201/32J3: . . . a plurality of input devices
   T04N201/32J3B: . . . . of different type, e.g. internal and external devices
   T04N201/32J3B2: . . . . . details of interfacing
   T04N201/32J4: . . . a plurality of output devices
   T04N201/32J4B: . . . . of different type, e.g. internal and external devices
   T04N201/32J4B2: . . . . . details of interfacing
   T04N201/32J4C: . . . . Detecting or indicating the status of the output devices
   T04N201/32J6: . . . Distributing a job or task among a plurality of input devices or a plurality of output devices
   T04N201/32J6B: . . . . Hybrid jobs, i.e. performing different parts of the same job on different devices, e.g. colour and b/w pages on different devices
   T04N201/32J6C: . . . . Large jobs, i.e. performing identical parts of the same job on different devices
   T04N201/32K: . . using a programmed control device, e.g. a microprocessor (not used)
   T04N201/32K7: . . . Details of system components
   T04N201/32K7B: . . . . Input interface
   T04N201/32K7C: . . . . Output interface
   T04N201/32K7D: . . . . Controller
   T04N201/32K9: . . . Bus based systems
   T04N201/32K9M: . . . . Multi-bus systems
   T04N201/32K9P: . . . . using a plurality of controllers, e.g. for controlling different interfaces
   T04N201/32L: . . Fault detection or counter-measures (not used)
   T04N201/32L7: . . . Fault detection
   T04N201/32L7A: . . . . of reading apparatus or transmitter, e.g. original jam
   T04N201/32L7B: . . . . of reproducing apparatus or receiver, e.g. out of paper
   T04N201/32L7C: . . . . of transmission or transmitted data, e.g. interruption, wrong number of pages
   T04N201/32L8: . . . Counter-measures
   T04N201/32L8B: . . . . Indicating or reporting
   T04N201/32L8B1: . . . . . locally
   T04N201/32L8B2: . . . . . remotely, e.g. to the transmitter from the receiver
   T04N201/32L8C: . . . . Restarting a communication; Performing a recovery operation
   T04N201/32L8D: . . . . Adjusting or controlling an operating mode, e.g. from paper reception to memory reception
   T04N201/32L8E: . . . . Performing substitution, e.g. substitute reception, substituting a corrupted line of data
   T04N201/32L8F: . . . . Preventive counter-measures, e.g. using redundant hardware; Anticipating a fault
   T04N201/32L8F2: . . . . . Involving the use of error correction codes
   T04N201/32L8G: . . . . Storing a fault condition in memory
   T04N201/32M: . . Changing the operation mode, e.g. copying mode
   T04N201/32S: . . Inhibiting a particular function, job, task or device
   T04N201/32T: . . Scheduling jobs or tasks; Managing resources
   T04N201/32V: . . Timing control, e.g. control of transfer rate; Synchronising
   T04N201/32V2: . . . Synchronising different input or output apparatus
   T04N201/32W: . . Assigning priority to or interrupting a particular job, task or device
   T04N201/32W2: . . . Assigning priority according to size of job or task, e.g. small jobs first
   T04N201/32W3: . . . Variably assigning priority
   T04N201/32W4: . . . Resuming after an intentional interruption, e.g. resetting parameters
   T04N201/32X: . . Compiling input or output jobs
   T04N201/32Y: . . Simultaneous or quasi-simultaneous operation of a plurality of different jobs, tasks or devices
   T04N201/333: . . Mode signalling or mode changing; Handshaking therefor (not used)
   T04N201/333D: . . . of a particular mode
   T04N201/333D10: . . . . Non-standard capability, e.g. relay, mail-box
   T04N201/333D2: . . . . of reading or reproducing mode
   T04N201/333D2B: . . . . . Image or page size, e.g. A3, A4
   T04N201/333D2C: . . . . . Resolution
   T04N201/333D2D: . . . . . Presentation, e.g. orientation, simplex, duplex
   T04N201/333D3: . . . . of transmission mode
   T04N201/333D3B: . . . . . Speed or rate
   T04N201/333D3C: . . . . . Compression mode
   T04N201/333D3D: . . . . . Type of modulation; Type of channel, e.g. digital or analog; Type of communication, e.g. half-duplex or full-duplex
   T04N201/333D3T: . . . . . using test signals, e.g. checking error occurrences
   T04N201/333D8: . . . . Type or format of data, e.g. colour or B/W, halftone or binary, computer image file or facsimile data
   T04N201/333D9: . . . . Line- or page- scan or transmission time, e.g. minimum line-scan time
   T04N201/333G: . . . adapting to particular facsimile group, e.g. G3
   T04N201/333P: . . . adapting to a particular standardised protocol
   T04N201/333Q: . . . according to the available bandwidth used for a single communication, e.g. the number of ISDN channels used
   T04N201/333R: . . . according to characteristics or the state of the communication line
   T04N201/333S: . . . Storage of mode or retrieval of prestored mode
   T04N201/333T: . . . according to characteristics or state of one of the communicating parties, e.g. available memory capacity
   T04N201/333T2: . . . . according to transient characteristics or state
   T04N201/333Y: . . . Details of handshaking
   T04N201/44: Secrecy systems (not used)
   T04N201/44A: . . Restricting access, e.g. according to user identity (not used)
   T04N201/44A3: . . . using a biometric data reading device
   T04N201/44A5: . . . involving separate means, e.g. a server, a magnetic card
   T04N201/44A7: . . . to an apparatus, part of an apparatus or an apparatus function
   T04N201/44A8: . . . to a particular document or image or part thereof
   T04N201/44H: . . Hiding of documents or document information (not used)
   T04N201/44H2: . . . Covering, i.e. concealing from above; Folding
   T04N201/44H3: . . . Enclosing, i.e. retaining in an enclosure; Locking up
   T04N201/44H4: . . . Enveloping or wrapping; Sealing, i.e. keeping the document closed
   T04N201/44H5: . . . destruction, e.g. shredding of documents
   T04N201/44S: . . Rendering the image unintelligible, e.g. scrambling (not used)
   T04N201/44S5: . . . Subsequently rendering the image intelligible using a co-operating image, mask or the like
   T04N205/00: Not Currently Available
   T04N205/74: Projection aspects
   T04N209/00: Details of colour television systems (not used)
   T04N209/04: Picture signal generators (not used)
   T04N209/04A: . . Optical details
   T04N209/04A1: . . . Optical lowpass filters (eg. blurring filters)
   T04N209/04A11: . . . Illumination device details
   T04N209/04A13: . . . Scintillation layers
   T04N209/04A3: . . . Colour separating means
   T04N209/04A3A: . . . . Primary colour separating means (R, G or B filters only)
   T04N209/04A3B: . . . . Complementary colour seperating means (Cy, Ye, Mg, or G filters only)
   T04N209/04A3C: . . . . Mixed-type colour seperating means (primary and complementary colours seperating means)
   T04N209/04A3D: . . . . Filters with elements that allow transmission other than primary or secondary colours, eg. luminance or IR
   T04N209/04A3D1: . . . . . allowing transmission of luminance
   T04N209/04A3D3: . . . . . allowing transmission of IR
   T04N209/04A3D5: . . . . . allowing transmission of UV
   T04N209/04A3F: . . . . using an alternating colour separation filter, e.g. colour wheel or colour LCD
   T04N209/04A3I: . . . . Infrared cut-off filters
   T04N209/04A3L: . . . . using alternating colour illumination
   T04N209/04A3M: . . . . Mosaic filters
   T04N209/04A3N: . . . . Horizontal or vertical stripe filters
   T04N209/04A3P: . . . . Colour separating prisms or semitransparent mirrors
   T04N209/04A3S: . . . . using an image pickup sensor with multispectral pick-up elements
   T04N209/04A5: . . . Lenses
   T04N209/04A5A: . . . . Adjustable lens
   T04N209/04A5M: . . . . Microlenses
   T04N209/04A7: . . . Image shifting mechanism
   T04N209/04A9: . . . Diaphragms, masking layers, ...
   T04N209/04B: . . using solid-state devices (not used)
   T04N209/04B5: . . . having a single pick-up sensor
   T04N209/04B5F: . . . . using an alternating colour separation filter, e.g. colour wheel or colour LCD
   T04N209/04B5L: . . . . using sequential colour illumination
   T04N209/04B5M: . . . . using mosaic colour filter
   T04N209/04B5M1: . . . . . Colour interpolation to calculate the missing colour values
   T04N209/04B5M2: . . . . . (delete) having a RGB-mosaic
   T04N209/04B5M4: . . . . . having a colour filter mosaic comprising transparent/white/panchromatic pixels and e.g. RGB pixels
   T04N209/04B5S: . . . . using multispectral pick-up elements
   T04N209/04B7: . . . having several pick-up sensors
   T04N209/04B7T: . . . . having three pick-up sensors
   T04N209/04C: . . Image coding or compression details
   T04N209/04D: . . Image pickup sensor driving details
   T04N209/04D1: . . . Single phase transfer clock for image readout
   T04N209/04D11: . . . Clock width details
   T04N209/04D13: . . . Clock waveform details
   T04N209/04D15: . . . Clock potential details
   T04N209/04D2: . . . Two-phase transfer clock for image readout
   T04N209/04D21: . . . Pixel reset details
   T04N209/04D23: . . . Pixel select details
   T04N209/04D25: . . . Pixel transfer details
   T04N209/04D27: . . . Pixel voltage supply details
   T04N209/04D3: . . . Three-phase transfer clock for image readout
   T04N209/04D31: . . . Control of scanning or transfer direction
   T04N209/04D32: . . . Control of scanning or transfer frequency
   T04N209/04D4: . . . Four-phase transfer clock for image readout
   T04N209/04D5: . . . More than four-phase transfer clock for image readout
   T04N209/04E: . . Image pickup sensor exposure control details
   T04N209/04E1: . . . Controlling light accumulation time
   T04N209/04E11: . . . Multiple exposure
   T04N209/04E13: . . . Multiple sensitivity
   T04N209/04E15: . . . Different start of exposure, i.e. rolling shutter
   T04N209/04E1S: . . . . by adjusting the time duration of light collection, i.e. electronic shuttering
   T04N209/04E1W: . . . . by adjusting the collection optics, e.g. shutter wheel
   T04N209/04E3: . . . Controlling light accumulation amount
   T04N209/04E3D: . . . . by adjusting optical characteristics, e.g. changing the diaphragm
   T04N209/04E3R: . . . . by adjusting the source of illumination, i.e. radiance
   T04N209/04M: . . Image memory or recording details
   T04N209/04O: . . Image outputting details
   T04N209/04O1: . . . Analog output image signal
   T04N209/04O3: . . . Digital output image signal
   T04N209/04O5: . . . Interfaces
   T04N209/04O7: . . . Internal bus
   T04N209/04P: . . Image processing details
   T04N209/04P1: . . . Correlated double sampling (CDS)
   T04N209/04P11: . . . Gamma correction circuit
   T04N209/04P13: . . . Colour separation circuit
   T04N209/04P15: . . . Interpolation to calculate the missing pixel values (demosaicing)
   T04N209/04P16: . . . Defective pixel correction
   T04N209/04P17: . . . Filters
   T04N209/04P17B: . . . . Band pass filters (BPF)
   T04N209/04P17E: . . . . Edge enhancement/preservation fitlers e.g. in combination with interpolation
   T04N209/04P17H: . . . . High pass filters (HPF)
   T04N209/04P17L: . . . . Low pass filters (LPF)
   T04N209/04P17V: . . . . Vertical filters
   T04N209/04P17W: . . . . Horizontal filters
   T04N209/04P19: . . . Colour space conversion (eg. from RGB to YCbCr)
   T04N209/04P2: . . . Clamping circuit
   T04N209/04P21: . . . Format conversion (eg. sampling frequency conversion, sampling conversion from hexagonal to rectangular, ...)
   T04N209/04P3: . . . Automatic gain control (AGC)
   T04N209/04P31: . . . Avoiding or correcting misregistration of video signals
   T04N209/04P5: . . . Analog-digital converter (ADC)
   T04N209/04P5C: . . . . at the column level
   T04N209/04P5P: . . . . at the pixel level
   T04N209/04P6: . . . Digital-analog converter (DAC)
   T04N209/04P7: . . . Sample-and-hold circuit (S/H)
   T04N209/04P8: . . . Clipping device
   T04N209/04P9: . . . White balance control (WBC) or hue control
   T04N209/04R: . . Image pickup sensor readout details
   T04N209/04R1: . . . Interline transfer types
   T04N209/04R11: . . . Vertical shifting register or scanning details
   T04N209/04R12: . . . Column buffers/amplifier details
   T04N209/04R13: . . . Horizontal shifting register or scanning details
   T04N209/04R13A: . . . . having 1 horizontal shifting register
   T04N209/04R13B: . . . . having 2 horizontal shifting registers
   T04N209/04R13C: . . . . having 3 horizontal shifting registers
   T04N209/04R13D: . . . . having 4 horizontal shifting registers
   T04N209/04R13E: . . . . having more than 4 horizontal shifting registers
   T04N209/04R14: . . . Output (row) buffers/amplifier details
   T04N209/04R21: . . . Frame readout mode
   T04N209/04R23: . . . Field readout mode
   T04N209/04R3: . . . Frame transfer types
   T04N209/04R5: . . . Frame/interline transfer types
   T04N209/04R7: . . . Selective scanning, e.g. windowing, zooming, thinning, rolling shutter, multiple resolution modes ...
   T04N209/04R9: . . . Bidirectional scanning
   T04N209/04S: . . Image pickup sensor details
   T04N209/04S1: . . . having a single image pickup sensor
   T04N209/04S11: . . . Solid-state image pickup sensors
   T04N209/04S11A: . . . . having an linear-type pickup sensor
   T04N209/04S11B: . . . . having a matrix-type pickup sensor
   T04N209/04S11C: . . . . CCD image pickup sensors
   T04N209/04S11M: . . . . MOS type image pickup sensors
   T04N209/04S11M1: . . . . . Passive pixel sensors, ie. amplifier outside pixel array
   T04N209/04S11M11: . . . . . using a select transistor (behind amplifier)
   T04N209/04S11M13: . . . . . using a reset transistor
   T04N209/04S11M15: . . . . . using a transfer transistor (between photosensor and amplifier)
   T04N209/04S11M3: . . . . . Active pixel sensors (APS), ie. using an amplifier transistor at pixel level
   T04N209/04S11M5: . . . . . using a storage capacitor at pixel level
   T04N209/04S11O: . . . . having an overflow drain sturcture
   T04N209/04S11S: . . . . having pixels with different sizes, irregular locations or shapes other than rectangular
   T04N209/04S13: . . . Flying spot scanners
   T04N209/04S15: . . . Image pickup tubes
   T04N209/04S2: . . . having two image pickup sensors
   T04N209/04S21: . . . combining image pickup sensing and image displaying capabilities on one chip
   T04N209/04S23: . . . combining image pickup sensing and image illumination capabilities on one chip
   T04N209/04S3: . . . having three image pickup sensors
   T04N209/04S4: . . . having more than three image pickup sensors
   T04N209/04T: . . Image pickup sensor scanning or transfer details
   T04N209/04T1: . . . Electron beam scanning
   T04N209/04T11: . . . Interlaced scanning
   T04N209/04T28: . . . CSD (i.e. charge sweep devices)
   T04N209/04T29: . . . Bias charge injection, fat zero mode
   T04N209/04T34: . . . TDI (i.e. time delay integration) operation
   T04N209/04T35: . . . Output from desired pixels (i.e. selective scanning)
   T04N209/04T5: . . . Optical scanning (e.g. scanning mirrors)
   T04N209/04X: . . Purpose/Functions of picture signal generators
   T04N209/04X1: . . . Preventing optical flare phenomena
   T04N209/04X11: . . . Eliminating residual images, eliminating residual charge
   T04N209/04X12: . . . Eliminating parasitic capacitance
   T04N209/04X13: . . . Defective pixel detection and/or correction
   T04N209/04X15: . . . Eliminating dark current, eliminating direct current fluctuation components (eg. kTC, thermal, ... noise)
   T04N209/04X17: . . . Correcting sensitivity variation between pixels
   T04N209/04X19: . . . Eliminating or preventing false colour or aliasing
   T04N209/04X21: . . . Improving resolution, improving optical power
   T04N209/04X23: . . . Improving sensitivity, increasing the numerical aperture of the light-receiving face, improving dynamic range
   T04N209/04X25: . . . Correcting the colour registration problem (i.e. the misalignment of the different colour sensors)
   T04N209/04X3: . . . Eliminating excessive charge, eliminating blooming
   T04N209/04X31: . . . Increasing dynamic range
   T04N209/04X41: . . . Reducing power consumption
   T04N209/04X43: . . . Reducing image signal readout time
   T04N209/04X45: . . . Reducing pixel size
   T04N209/04X5: . . . Eliminating smear
   T04N209/04X51: . . . Testing picture signal generator eg. on manufacturing errors like open or short circuits
   T04N209/04X7: . . . Eliminating fixed pattern noise (FPN)
   T04N209/04X7C: . . . . Column fixed pattern noise (CFPN)
   T04N209/04X7P: . . . . Pixel fixed pattern noise (PFPN)
   T04N209/04X9: . . . Eliminating flicker, snow on the screen
   T04N209/04Z: . . Applications of picture signal generators
   T04N209/04Z1: . . . Visible light
   T04N209/04Z11: . . . high speed image taking of slow motion filming
   T04N209/04Z1S: . . . . Electronic still cameras
   T04N209/04Z1T: . . . . Scanning of motion picture films, e.g. for telecine
   T04N209/04Z1V: . . . . Electronic video cameras
   T04N209/04Z3: . . . Infrared light
   T04N209/04Z5: . . . X-rays
   T04N213/00: Details of stereoscopic systems (not used, see subgroups)
   T04N213/00C: Constructional or mechanical details
   T04N213/00E: Eyestrain reduction by processing stereoscopic signals or controlling stereoscopic devices
   T04N213/00M: Aspects relating to the "2D+depth" image format
   T04N213/00N: Aspects relating to the "3D+depth" image format
   T04N213/00P: Pseudo-stereoscopic systems, i.e. systems wherein a stereoscopic effect is obtained without sending different images to the viewer's eyes
   T04N213/04F: Aspects relating to detection of stereoscopic image format, e.g. for adaptation to the display format
   T04N213/04G: Aspects relating to glasses for viewing stereoscopic images